Topics
All
Mac OS X
(Only)
Windows
(Only)
Linux
(Only, Not)
iOS
(Only, Not)
Components
Crossplatform Mac & Win
Server
Client
Old
Guides
Examples
New in version:
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
Statistic
Functions supported on Mac OS X
The functions listed below work when being used with Mac OS X, either client or server.
| Item | Details |
|---|---|
| AVAsset.AvailableMetadataFormats Returns a list representing available metadata formats. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Duration Returns the duration of a asset in seconds. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Framerate Looks for first video track and reports the nominal frame rate. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.HasProtectedContent Queries whether the asset has protected content. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Image Returns an image for the asset at or near a specified time. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.ImageActualTime Queries actual time for image. | 6.5 |
| AVAsset.IsComposable Queries whether this asset can be used in compositions. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsExportable Indicates whether the asset can be exported. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsPlayable Checks whether the asset, or its URL, can be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.IsReadable Checks whether the asset’s media data can be extracted | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Loaded Queries load status of asset. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Lyrics Queries the lyrics of the asset suitable for the current locale. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Metadata Queries metadata. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.MetadataKeys Queries metadata keys. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.NaturalHeight Queries the natural height of the video. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.NaturalWidth Queries the natural width of the video. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenContainer Opens a movie from a container. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenFile Opens an asset from a file. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.OpenURL Opens a movie from URL. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.PreferredRate Queries the natural rate at which the asset is to be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.PreferredVolume Queries the preferred volume at which the audible media of asset is to be played. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.Release Releases the object and all memory used for it. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.RequestImageTimePrecision Requests to use high precision for timing of images. | 6.5 |
| AVAsset.TimeCodes Reads time codes from asset. | 5.4 |
| AVAsset.TrackCount Queries the track count. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.TrackInfo Queries track details. | 7.4 |
| AVAsset.URL Queries the URL used to open this asset. | 5.2 |
| AVAsset.WaitForLoaded Waits for file to be loaded. | 8.0 |
| AVExport.AllExportPresets Queries list of all supported presets. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.CancelExport Cancels the execution of an export session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Duration Queries duration of the asset. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Error Queries the error that occurred if the export status is Failed. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.EstimatedOutputFileLength Queries the estimated byte size of exported file. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportAsynchronously Starts export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportSession Creates a new export session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.ExportSessionMerge Creates a new export session. | 6.2 |
| AVExport.GetOutputFileType Queries the output file type. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetOutputPath Queries the current output path. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetOutputURL Queries the current output URL. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse Queries whether video should be network optimized. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.GetTimeRange Queries time range to export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.OutputFileExtension Queries preferred file extension for current export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.PresetName Returns the name of the preset used. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Progress Queries current progress. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Release Frees the session. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputFileType Sets the output file type. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputPath Sets the output file path. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetOutputURL Sets the output file URL. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetShouldOptimizeForNetworkUse Whether to optimize video for network use. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SetTimeRange Specifies a time range to be exported from the source. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.Status Queries status of export. | 6.1 |
| AVExport.SupportedFileTypes Queries supported file type for this export session. | 6.1 |
| AVPlayer.FindPlayers Finds all players in current window. | 7.3 |
| AVPlayer.GetAsset Queries the current asset. | 7.3 |
| AVPlayer.GetDuration Queries the length of the video in seconds. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetMuted Queries mute state. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to run on playback. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetProgressInterval Queries progress interval. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.GetRate Queries playback rate. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetTime Queries current time in seconds. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.GetVolume Queries current volume. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenContainer Opens the audio file from a container. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenFile Opens an audio file. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.OpenURL Opens the movie with the given URL. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Pause Pauses playback. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Play Plays sound. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.Release Releases the audio player. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.ReleaseAll Releases all movies in memory. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when playback is finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetMuted Sets mute status. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate on progress. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetProgressInterval Sets the progress interval. | 7.4 |
| AVPlayer.SetRate Sets the playback rate. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetTime Sets the current time. | 7.1 |
| AVPlayer.SetVolume Sets the volume. | 7.1 |
| AVRecorder.AddPreviewToWindow Adds a preview area to the window. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceCount Queries number of audio devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AudioDeviceInfo Queries details about audio device. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.AuthorizationStatusForMediaType Queries authorization status for audio/video recording. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.CaptureStillPhoto Captures a still image. | 6.2 |
| AVRecorder.ClosePreview Closes the preview view. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.CurrentQRCode Queries current QRCode. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.GetAudioDevice Queries name of audio device in use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring Queries whether automatically mirroring is enabled. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.GetFilePath Queries the current file path. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoDevice Queries name of video device in use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.GetVideoMirrored Queries whether video should be mirrored. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.HasQRCode Whether we have a QRCode. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.Init Starts a new recording session. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.IsRecording Queries whether we are recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.IsVideoMirroringSupported Queres whether video mirroring is supported. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.Release Releases a recording session. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.RequestAccessForMediaType Requests permissions for media type. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetAudioDevice Sets the audio device to use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetAutomaticallyAdjustsVideoMirroring Set wether to allow automatically mirroring. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetFilePath Sets the file path for recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetScreenInput Sets video input to screen. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoDevice Sets the video device to use. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.SetVideoMirrored Sets mirror state. | 7.4 |
| AVRecorder.StartPreview Starts the preview. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.StartQRCodeDetection Starts QRCode detection. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.StartRecording Starts recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.StopQRCodeDetection Stops QRCode detection. | 8.4 |
| AVRecorder.StopRecording Stops recording. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceCount Queries number of video devices found by the plugin. | 6.1 |
| AVRecorder.VideoDeviceInfo Queries details about video device. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.Account.Name Queries name of account. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.Account.Type Queries type identifier for account. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.Account.URL Queries base URL for account. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.Account.isMainAccount Queries whether this is main account. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.LocalizedPropertyOrLabel Queries a localized name for a label or property. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.NewGroup Creates a new group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.NewPerson Creates a new person. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.Notification.Clear Clears the registered notification script. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.Evaluate Installs a notification evaluate. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetChangedExternally Queries if the last notification script call was caused by a changed in another app. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetDeletedRecords Queries list of deleted records. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetInsertedRecords Queries list of inserted records. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetProcessID Queries the process ID. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetProcessName Queries the process name. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetUpdatedRecords Queries list of updated records. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.GetUserUID Queries the user ID. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Notification.Set Installs a notification script. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.Record.Account Queries account identifier for record. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.addRecord Adds an person or group record to the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.allAccounts Queries list of account identifies for all accounts. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.defaultAccount Queries default account identifier. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.enabledAccounts Queries list of account identifies for enabled accounts. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.formattedAddress Returns an attributed string containing the formatted address. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.addMember Adds a person to a group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.addSubgroup Adds a subgroup to another group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.members Returns an array of persons in a group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.parentGroups Returns an array containing a group's parents—that is, the groups that a group belongs to. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.removeMember Removes a person from a group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.removeSubgroup Removes a subgroup from a group. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.group.subgroups Returns an array containing a group's subgroups. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.groups Returns an array of all the groups in the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.hasUnsavedChanges Indicates whether an address book has changes that have not been saved to the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.me Returns the person record that represents the logged-in user. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.New Creates a new multivalue object. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.addAddress Adds an address and its label to a multivalue list. | 5.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.addValue Adds a value and its label to a multivalue list. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.count Returns the number of entries in a multivalue list. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.identifierAtIndex Returns the identifier for the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.identifiers Returns the list of all identifiers. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.indexForIdentifier Returns the index for the given identifier. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.indexForLabel Returns the index for the given label. | 8.2 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.insertValue Inserts a value and its label at the given index in a multivalue list. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.labelAtIndex Returns the label for the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.labelForIdentifier Returns the label for the given identifier. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.labels Returns the list of all labels. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.primaryIdentifier Returns the identifier for the primary value. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.removeValueAndLabelAtIndex Removes the value and label at the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.replaceLabelAtIndex Replaces the label at the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.replaceValueAtIndex Replaces the value at the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.setPrimaryIdentifier Sets the primary value to be the value for the given identifier. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.valueAtIndex Returns the value for the given index. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.valueForIdentifier Returns the value for the given identifier. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.valueForLabel Returns value for label. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.multivalue.values Returns the list of all values. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.people Returns an array of all the people in the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.persistentAccounts Queries list of account identifies for persistent accounts. | 6.2 |
| Addressbook.person.EditInAddressbook Launches Contacts application to edit this person. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.ExternalUID Queries external UID for person. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.person.GetImage Returns data that contains a picture of this person. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.SetBirthdayComponents Sets the birthday data components. | 5.4 |
| Addressbook.person.SetImage Sets the image for this person to the given image. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.ShowInAddressbook Launches Contacts application to show this person. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.linkedPeople Returns the array of all person records that are linked to the person this record represents. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.parentGroups Returns an array of the address book groups that this person belongs to. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.person.vCardRepresentation Returns the vCard representation of the person record as a data object in vCard format. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.personFromVCardRepresentation Creates an Person instance initialized with the given data. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.personFromVCardTextRepresentation Creates an Person instance initialized with the given text. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.record.SetValueForProperty Sets the value of a given property for a record. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.UniqueID Returns the unique ID for a record. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.displayname Convenience function to return a display name for a record. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.isReadOnly Returns whether a record is read-only. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.removeValueForProperty Removes the value for a given property. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.record.valueForProperty Returns the value of a given property for a record. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.recordsMatchingSearchElement Searches matching records. | 5.4 |
| Addressbook.removeRecord Removes an person or group record from the Address Book database. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.save Saves all the changes made since the last save. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.searchElementForConjunction Joins several search elements. | 5.4 |
| Addressbook.searchElementForProperty Creates a new search element. | 5.4 |
| Addressbook.searchGroupsWithName Searches groups matching the group name. | 3.3 |
| Addressbook.searchPeopleWithCreationDate Searches for people in addressbook with creation date between both dates. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.searchPeopleWithEmail Searches all people with given email address. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.searchPeopleWithModificationDate Searches for people in addressbook with creation date between both dates. | 3.5 |
| Addressbook.searchPeopleWithName Searches people matching the first and/or last name. | 3.1 |
| Addressbook.searchPersonWithExternalUID Searches addressbook for given external ID. | 6.1 |
| Addressbook.setMe Sets the record that represents the logged-in user. | 3.1 |
| App.CancelUserAttentionRequest Cancels a previous user attention request. | 6.1 |
| App.ClearTouchBar Clears a TouchBar assigned to the app. | 8.4 |
| App.EffectiveUserID Queries effective user ID. | 8.0 |
| App.GetDockBadgeLabel Returns the tile's current badge label. | 2.6 |
| App.GetDockIcon Queries the dock icon. | 3.2 |
| App.GetProcessName Queries the name of the application. | 3.2 |
| App.GetProcessPath Queries the path of the application. | 3.5 |
| App.MemoryUsed Queries amount of memory used. | 6.5 |
| App.OpenFile Asks app to open a given file. | 7.4 |
| App.ProcessID Queries process ID. | 8.0 |
| App.RequestUserAttention Starts a user attention request. | 6.1 |
| App.SetDockBadgeLabel Sets the string to be displayed in the tile's badging area. | 2.6 |
| App.SetDockIcon Sets the image for the dock icon for this application. | 3.2 |
| App.SetProcessName Sets the name of the current application. | 3.2 |
| App.UserID Queries user ID. | 8.0 |
| AppleScript.Close Removes a Script from memory. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.Compile Compiles the script and returns the Script ID. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.Execute Executes an AppleScript that was previously compiled using the AppleScript.Compile function. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.GetPropertyName Queries name of property with given index. | 4.2 |
| AppleScript.GetPropertyValue Queries property value text. | 4.2 |
| AppleScript.LastError Returns the last error code. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.LastErrorMessage Returns the last error message. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.PropertyCount Queries the number of properties in the script. | 4.2 |
| AppleScript.Run The function compiles the AppleScript text and runs it. | 1.0 |
| AppleScript.SetPropertyValue Sets property value with new text. | 4.2 |
| Audit.Changed Log record change. | 2.8 |
| Audit.Changed2 Same as Audit.Changed, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
| Audit.ClearCaches Clears internal caches for audit functions. | 3.1 |
| Audit.Delete Log record deletion. | 2.8 |
| Audit.Delete2 Same as Audit.Delete, but here you pass the list of fields to check. | 3.1 |
| Audit.FieldIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a field name. | 8.2 |
| Audit.FieldNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for a field ID. | 8.0 |
| Audit.GetEnabled Queries enable status. | 7.1 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreCalculations Queries whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreSummaryFields Queries whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
| Audit.GetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Queries the state of the underscore ignore setting. | 5.3 |
| Audit.GetIgnoredFieldNames Queries list of ignored field names. | 7.3 |
| Audit.GetLogAccess Queries whether plugin logs access. | 4.1 |
| Audit.GetUUIDField Queries UUID field name. | 7.3 |
| Audit.SetEnabled Turns audit globally on or off. | 7.1 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreCalculations Set whether stored calculations are audited. | 4.4 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreSummaryFields Set whether summary fields are audited. | 5.4 |
| Audit.SetIgnoreUnderscoreFieldNames Sets whether to ignore all field names whose name starts with underscore character. | 5.3 |
| Audit.SetIgnoredFieldNames Sets the ignored field names. | 2.8 |
| Audit.SetLogAccess Sets whether access is logged. | 4.1 |
| Audit.SetUUIDField Sets the UUID field name. | 7.3 |
| Audit.TableIDForName Looks up the Audit cache for a table name. | 8.2 |
| Audit.TableNameForID Looks up the Audit cache for a table ID. | 8.0 |
| Backdrop.Close Closes the backdrop window. | 2.1 |
| Backdrop.Install Installs the backdrop window. | 2.1 |
| Barcode.Detect Detects a barcode. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.DrawBarcode Draws a barcode into a PDF page. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.EANChecksum Calculates checksum for EAN barcodes. | 5.0 |
| Barcode.Generate Generates a barcode. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.GetInputMode Queries input mode. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.GetOption Queries option by index. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.GetPrimary Queries primary parameter. | 7.1 |
| Barcode.ISBNChecksum Calculates checksum for ISBN barcodes. | 5.0 |
| Barcode.SetInputMode Sets input mode. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.SetOption Sets option by index. | 8.1 |
| Barcode.SetOptions Sets options for barcode creation. | 4.3 |
| Barcode.SetPrimary Sets primary parameter. | 7.1 |
| Barcode.UPCChecksum Calculates checksum for UPC barcodes. | 3.5 |
| Barcode.WriteFile Generates a barcode and writes to file. | 4.3 |
| BinaryFile.Append Opens a file to append data. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Close Closes a file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Create Creates a new file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.EOF Queries whether we are at the end of the current file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Length Queries length of current file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Open Opens an existing file for reading. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Position Queries current file position. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadByte Reads a single byte from the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadContainer Read some data and interpret them as container. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadFloat Reads a float value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadHex Read data and returns as hex text. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadInt Reads an integer value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadPDF Reads data as PDF. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.ReadText Reads text from file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.Seek Moves file pointer to new position. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteByte Writes a single byte value to the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteContainer Writes a container value to the file. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteFloat Writes a float value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteHex Writes hex encoded data. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteInt Writes an integer value. | 7.3 |
| BinaryFile.WriteText Writes a text file with the given text. | 7.3 |
| Bonjour.Browse Starts browse for given type. | 8.4 |
| Bonjour.JSON Query current results as JSON. | 8.4 |
| Bonjour.Register Register a service. | 8.4 |
| Bonjour.RegisteredName Queries registered name. | 8.4 |
| CGImageSource.Count Queries number of images in this image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithData Creates an image source that reads from a container. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithPath Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a Path. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.CreateWithURL Creates an image source that reads from a location specified by a URL. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.ImageAtIndex Returns the image associated with the specified index in an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Keys Queries the list of keys for all the properties in the image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Properties Queries all properties as JSON. | 8.3 |
| CGImageSource.Property Queries the value of a property. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Release Closes image source and releases memory. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Status Return the status of an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.SupportedTypes Returns an array of uniform type identifiers (UTIs) that are supported for image sources. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.ThumbnailAtIndex Creates a thumbnail image of the image located at a specified location in an image source. | 3.4 |
| CGImageSource.Type Queries the type of the image source. | 3.4 |
| CGPSConverter.Convert Converts PostScript to PDF. | 2.4 |
| CLGeocoder.Cancel Cancels a pending geocoding request. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Cancelled Whether the request was cancelled. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Close Closes a request and frees memory. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Distance Returns the distance (in meters) of the two locations. | 6.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Done Queries whether the request is finished. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.Error Checks if this request got an error. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.ErrorMessage Queries the error message of the geocoder. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.GeocodeAddressString Submits a forward-geocoding request using the specified string. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkCount Queries the number of placemarks found. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.PlacemarkValue Queries a value of the placemarks found. | 4.1 |
| CLGeocoder.ReverseGeocodeLocation Submits a reverse-geocoding request for the specified location. | 4.1 |
| CNContact.AddEmailAddress Adds an email address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddInstantMessage Adds an instant message account to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddInstantMessageJSON Adds an instant message account to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPhoneNumber Adds an phone number to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPostalAddress Adds an postal address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddPostalAddressJSON Adds an postal address to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddRelation Adds an relation to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddSocialProfile Adds an social profile to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddSocialProfileJSON Adds an social profile to a contact with JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.AddURLAddress Adds an URL address to a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.EditInAddressbook Launches Contacts application to edit this person. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.JSON Queries contact as JSON. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.MailingAddress Queries mailing address for contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.Name Queries display name of contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.SetValue Sets the value of a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.ShowInAddressbook Launches Contacts application to show this person. | 8.4 |
| CNContact.Value Queries the value of contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AddContact Adds a new contact to the database. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AddGroup Adds a new group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AddMember Add a new member to a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AddSubgroup Adds a group to an existing group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AuthorizationError Queries error message. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.AuthorizationStatus Queries authorization status. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsInContainer Queries list of contacts in a container. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsInGroup Queries contacts in the group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsMatchingName Queries matching contacts for a name. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContactsWithData Creates contacts for vCard data. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContainerForContact Queries container for a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.ContainerForGroup Queries container for a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Containers Queries identifiers of all containers. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Country Returns ISO code for users country. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DataWithContacts Queries data for contacts. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DefaultContainerIdentifier The identifier of the default container. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DeleteContact Delete a contact from the contact store. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.DeleteGroup Deletes a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Groups Queries list of all groups. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.GroupsByName Looks for groups with matching names. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.GroupsForContact Searches all groups for a given contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.GroupsInContainer Queries all groups in a given container. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.NewContact Creates new empty contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RemoveMember Remove a member from a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RemoveSubgroup Removes a subgroup from a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RenameGroup Renames the group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.RequestAccesss Request access to the user's contacts. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.SetChangeScript Sets the script to trigger on changes by other applications. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.Subgroups Queries subgroups of a group. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.UnifiedMeContact Queries ID of the your contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContactStore.UpdateContact Updates a contact. | 8.4 |
| CNContainer.Name The name of the container. | 8.4 |
| CNContainer.Type Queries type of container. | 8.4 |
| CNGroup.Name Queries group name. | 8.4 |
| CUPS.CancelJob Cancel a print job on the default server. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetDefaultPrinterName Get the default printer or class for the default server. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobCompletionTime Queries the completion time of the job. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobCreationTime Queries the creation time of the job. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobFormat Queries job's document format. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobID Queries job number. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobIndex Queries job index for ID. | 7.4 |
| CUPS.GetJobPrinter Queries job's printer name. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobPriority Queries job's priority. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobProcessingTime Queries the processing time of the job. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobSize Queries job size. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobState Queries job state. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobTitle Queries job title. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobUser Queries which user submitted the job. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetJobsCount Selects some jobs and returns the count of jobs found. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetPrinterCount Queries number of printers. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetPrinterDefault Queries whether this printer is the default printer. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.GetPrinterName Queries the name of this printer. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.LastErrorCode Return the last IPP status code. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.LastErrorMessage Return the last status-message. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.PrintData Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | 2.5 |
| CUPS.PrintDataEncoding Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | 6.3 |
| CUPS.PrintFile Print a file to a printer or class on the default server. | 2.5 |
| CURL.AddInputFile Adds input to file data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputGIF Adds input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
| CURL.AddInputJPEG Adds input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputPDF Adds input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
| CURL.AddInputPNG Adds input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.7 |
| CURL.AddInputText Adds input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.7 |
| CURL.Cancel Cancels a running transfer in background. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Check Checks for curl events. | 5.2 |
| CURL.Cleanup End a CURL session. | 2.5 |
| CURL.CloseDebugFile Closes the debug output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseHeaderFile Closes the header output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseInputFile Closes the input file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CloseOutputFile Closes the data output file. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateDebugOutputFile Creates output file for writing debug messages. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateHeaderOutputFile Creates output file for writing header text. | 2.6 |
| CURL.CreateOutputFile Creates output file for downloading data. | 2.6 |
| CURL.ErrorCode Returns the last CURL error code. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ErrorMessage Returns the last CURL error message. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainer Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyContainerContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFile Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyFileContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyText Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyTextContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.6 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValue Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormAddKeyValueContentType Add a section to a multipart/formdata HTTP POST. | 2.5 |
| CURL.FormFinish Finishes constructing a form. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetActiveSocket Receive the active socket used by this curl session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetAppConnectTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the SSL/SSH connect/handshake to the remote host was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFileName Queries current file name. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchCurrentFilePath Queries current file path. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchDestinationPath Queries destination path. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetBatchFileNames Queries list of file names downloaded. | 7.0 |
| CURL.GetCertInfo Queries information on the certificate chain. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetConditionUnmet Get the number 1 if the condition provided in the previous request didn't match. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetConnectTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the connect to the remote host (or proxy) was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentLengthDownload Get the content-length of the download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentLengthUpload Get the specified size of the upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetContentType Get the content-type of the downloaded object. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetCookieList Get list of all cookies cURL known (expired ones, too). | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugAsText Returns the debug output of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugLength Queries the current length in bytes of the debug messages buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithProgress Queries whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
| CURL.GetDebugWithTime Queries whether times are included in debug messages. | 6.2 |
| CURL.GetEffectiveURL Get the last used effective URL. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFTPEntryPath Get a string holding the path of the entry path. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFileTime Get the remote time of the retrieved document. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetFinishedEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
| CURL.GetFinishedFileName Queries the file name for the finished script to call. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetFinishedScriptName Queries the script name to call when transfer finished. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetFormData Queries form data as it would be sent currently. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetHTTPAuthAvail Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHTTPConnectCode Get the last received proxy response code to a CONNECT request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHTTPVersion Queries http version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetHeaderAsText Returns the headers of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHeaderLength Queries the current length in bytes of the header buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetHeaderSize Get the total size of all the headers received. Measured in number of bytes. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetInputAsText Returns the input of the transaction as text. | 2.8 |
| CURL.GetInputLength Queries the current length in bytes of the input buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetLastSocket Queries last used socket handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetLocalIP Get a string holding the local (source) IP address of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetLocalPort Get the local (source) port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Queries chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Queries content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxConnects Queries max connects setting. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Queries max host connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Queries max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Queries max total connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiOptionPipelining Queries pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetMultiRunningTransfers Queries running transfers count. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetNameLookupTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the name resolving was completed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetNumConnects Query how many new connections libcurl had to create to achieve the previous transfer (only the successful connects are counted). | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetOSErrNo Get the errno variable from a connect failure. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetOptionConnectTo Queries connect to list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTP200Aliases Queries HTTP 200 aliases list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionHTTPHeader Queries HTTP request headers. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionMailRecipients Queries mail recipients list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionPostQuote Queries post quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionPreQuote Queries pre quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionProxyHeader Queries proxy header request list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionQuote Queries quote list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionResolve Queries resolve list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetOptionTelnetOptions Queries telnet options list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetPreTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the file transfer is just about to begin. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetPrimaryIP Get the string holding the IP address of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetPrimaryPort Get the destination port of the most recent connection done with this curl handle. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentDownload Queries current number of bytes downloaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressCurrentUpload Queries current number of bytes uploaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressEvaluate Queries expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
| CURL.GetProgressFileName Queries progress script file name. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressPercent Queries progress in percent. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressScriptName Queries script name to be called for progress. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalDownload Queries total number of bytes to download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProgressTotalUpload Queries total number of bytes to upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProtocol Queries protocol used. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetProxyAuthAvail Get a bitmask indicating the authentication method(s) available for your proxy authentication. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetProxySSLVerifyResult Queries result of proxy ssl verification. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPCSEQRecv Query RTSP sequence counter received. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPClientCSEQ Query RTSP Client sequence counter. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPServerCSEQ Query RTSP Server sequence counter. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRTSPSessionID Query RTSP session ID. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetRedirectCount Get the total number of redirections that were actually followed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRedirectTime Get the total time, in seconds, it took for all redirection steps include name lookup, connect, pretransfer and transfer before final transaction was started. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRedirectURL Get the URL a redirect would take you to if you would enable CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetRequestSize Get the total size of the issued requests. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResponseCode Get the last received HTTP or FTP code. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsContainer Returns the result of the transaction as container value with auto detection of type. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetResultAsData Returns the result of the transaction as data file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsEmail Queries the result of the CURL transfer and parses as email. | 5.3 |
| CURL.GetResultAsGIF Returns the result of the transaction as GIF image. | 3.1 |
| CURL.GetResultAsJPEG Returns the result of the transaction as JPEG image. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsPDF Returns the result of the transaction as PDF. | 4.0 |
| CURL.GetResultAsPNG Returns the result of the transaction as PNG image. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultAsText Returns the result of the transaction as text. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetResultLength Queries the current length in bytes of the result buffer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSSLEngines Get a linked-list of OpenSSL crypto-engines supported. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSSLVerifyResult Get the result of the certification verification that was requested. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetScheme Queries scheme. | 8.2 |
| CURL.GetSizeDownload Get the total amount of bytes that were downloaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSizeUpload Get the total amount of bytes that were uploaded. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSpeedDownload Get the average download speed that curl measured for the complete download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetSpeedUpload Get the average upload speed that curl measured for the complete upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetStartTransferTime Get the time, in seconds, it took from the start until the first byte is received by libcurl. | 2.5 |
| CURL.GetTag Queries the tag value. | 5.2 |
| CURL.GetTotalTime Get the total time in seconds for the previous transfer, including name resolving, TCP connect etc. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Host Queries host value from compiling. | 2.5 |
| CURL.IsRunning Checks whether a transfer is still running. | 2.5 |
| CURL.LibIDNVersion Queried LibIDN version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.LibSSHVersion Queries SSH library version. | 8.2 |
| CURL.LibSSLVersion Returns SSL Library version. | 2.5 |
| CURL.List Lists all IDs of current CURL transfers. | 5.4 |
| CURL.New Start a new CURL easy session. | 2.5 |
| CURL.NumberOfRunningTransfers Queries number of running transfers. | 5.2 |
| CURL.OpenInputFile Opens file for reading data needed for upload, email sending or HTTP Post. | 2.6 |
| CURL.Perform Perform a file transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.PerformAsync Perform a curl transfer asynchronously. | 5.2 |
| CURL.PerformInBackground Perform a file transfer in background. | 2.5 |
| CURL.Protocols Queries list of supported protocols. | 2.5 |
| CURL.ReceiveData Receives raw data on a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.ReceiveText Receives raw data on a connection as text. | 7.2 |
| CURL.Reset Resets the CURL session. | 5.2 |
| CURL.RunningTransfers Queries list of running transfers. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SendData Sends raw data over a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SendText Sends raw data with text over a connection. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetBatchDestinationPath Sets the destination path for batch downloads. | 7.0 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithData Whether to include data in the debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithProgress Sets whether to include progress in debug messages. | 6.3 |
| CURL.SetDebugWithTime Sets wether times are included in debug log. | 6.2 |
| CURL.SetFinishedEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer is finished. | 6.1 |
| CURL.SetFinishedScript Sets which script to call when a transfer finished. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetInputFile Sets input to file data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputGIF Sets input to GIF data from the container value. | 3.1 |
| CURL.SetInputJPEG Sets input to JPEG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputPDF Sets input to PDF data from the container value. | 4.0 |
| CURL.SetInputPNG Sets input to PNG data from the container value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetInputText Sets input data for this transfer to be the text you provide. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionChunkLengthPenaltySize Sets chunk length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionContentLengthPenaltySize Sets content length penalty size. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxConnects Sets max connects setting. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxHostConnections Sets max host connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxPipelineLength Sets max pipeline length. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionMaxTotalConnections Sets max total connections value. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetMultiOptionPipelining Sets pipelining mode. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAbstractUnixSocket Sets path to an abstract Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptEncoding Enables automatic decompression of HTTP downloads. | 7.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAcceptTimeoutMS Sets time-out for accept. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionAddressScope Sets the IPv6 scope_id. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAppend Whether to append file instead of overwriting it. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionAutoReferer Set whether to set automatically the referrer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionBufferSize Sets the buffer size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAINFO Sets a path to find certificate file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCAPATH Sets the certificate directory. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLF Whether to convert newline characters. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCRLFile Sets the CRL file path. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCertInfo Whether to collect certificate information. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectOnly Connect only. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTimeoutMS Sets the connection timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectTo Sets the connect to list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionConnectionTimeout Sets the connection timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookie Sets the cookie for the current http transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieFile Sets the cookie file location. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieJar Sets the cookie storage file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieList Sets the cookie string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCookieSession Set to 1 to mark this as a new cookie "session". | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionCustomRequest Sets a custom request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSCacheTimeout Sets the DNS Cache Timeout in seconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSInterface Set the name of the network interface that the DNS resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv4 Set the local IPv4 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSLocalIPv6 Set the local IPv6 address that the resolver should bind to. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSServers Set the name servers to use for DNS resolution. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDNSShuffleAddresses Whether to shuffle DNS addresses. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDefaultProtocol Set the protocol used when curl is given a URL without a protocol. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionDirListOnly Whether to only query names in file listing. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionDisallowUserNameInURL Disallow specifying username/login in URL. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionEGDSocket Sets a path name to the Entropy Gathering Daemon socket. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionExpect100TimeoutMS Sets Expect 100 timeout. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAccount Sets the FTP account name. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPAlternativeToUser Whether to use alternative USER command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPCreateMissingDirs Whether to create missing directories. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPFileMethod Which command to use for reaching a file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPPort Sets the ports to use for FTP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPResponseTimeout Sets the timeout for FTP responses. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLAuth Sets which SSL Authentication to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSSLCCC If enabled, this option makes libcurl use CCC (Clear Command Channel). | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPSkipPasvIP Whether to skip IP address for PASV. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPRT Whether to use EPRT command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUseEPSV Whether to use EPSV command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFTPUsePret Whether to use PRET command. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFailOnError Whether to fail on http errors. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFileOnlyMode Disables collecting data for Result functions. | 2.6 |
| CURL.SetOptionFileTime Whether to query file time. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFollowLocation Enables or disables following locations. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionForbidReuse Whether to disallow reusing connections. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionFreshConnect Sets whether to not reuse old connections. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionGSSAPIDelegation Allow GSSAPI credential delegation. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionGet Sets the transfer to be a HTTP Get. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHAProxyProtocol Wether to send an HAProxy PROXY protocol header. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTP200Aliases Sets list of aliases to be treated as valid HTTP 200 responses. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPAuth Defines which HTTP authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPContentDecoding Sets how to act on content decoding. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPHeader Sets the http header list. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPProxyTunnel Set to 1 to make the library tunnel all operations through a given HTTP proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPTransferDecoding Sets how to act on transfer decoding. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHTTPVersion Sets which HTTP version is used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHappyEyeballsTimeOutMS Sets the happy eyeballs timeout. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionHeader Whether to include headers in output. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionHeaderOptions Pass in a bitmask of "header options". | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionIPResolve Allows an application to select what kind of IP addresses to use when resolving host names. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIgnoreContentLength Whether to ignore the Content-Length header. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionInFileSize Sets the file input size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionInterface This sets the interface name to use as outgoing network interface. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionIssuerCert Sets the file path for the CA certificate in PEM format. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionKRBLevel Sets the kerberos security level for FTP. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionKeepSendingOnError Sets wether to keep sending on error. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionKeyPassword Sets the password for the SSL or SSH private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPort This sets the local port number of the socket used for connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLocalPortRange This is the number of attempts curl should make to find a working local port number. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLoginOptions Sets login options string to use for the transfer. | 5.4 |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedLimit Sets the minimum required speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionLowSpeedTime Sets how long a transfer is allowed to run with low speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailAuth Sets the mail auth option. | 2.9 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailFrom Sets the mail sender. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMailRecipients Sets the recipients list. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxConnects Sets the persistent connection cache size. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxFileSize Sets the maximum file size for download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRecvSpeed Sets the maximum download speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxRedirs Sets the redirection limit. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionMaxSendSpeed Sets the maximum sending speed. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNETRCFile Sets the full path to the netrc file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNetRC Sets netrc file preference. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNewDirectoryPerms Sets the new directory permissions. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNewFilePerms Sets the new file permissions. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNoBody Whether to ignore the body of the download. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionNoProxy Sets which hosts don't use a proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPassword Sets the password for this transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPathAsIs Set to pass path as it is and do not resolve dots. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPinnedPublicKey Set the public key in DER form used to validate the peer public key. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPipeWait Sets Wait/don't wait for pipe/mutex to clarify. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPort Sets the port number for the connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPost Sets transfer to be a HTTP Post. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostFieldSize Sets the length of post field data. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostFields Sets the post fields. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server after your FTP transfer request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPostRedir Sets the redirect policy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPreProxy Name of pre proxy to use. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionPreQuote Sets the list of FTP commands to pass to the server after the transfer type is set. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProtocols Limit which protocols are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxy Set HTTP proxy to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyAuth Sets which authentication methods are used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAInfo The CApath or CAfile used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCAPath Set the CApath directory used to validate the proxy certificate. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyCRLFile Sets CRL file for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyHeader Set list of headers used for proxy requests only. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyKeyPassword Sets password for the SSL private key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPassword The password to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPinnedPublicKey Sets pinned public key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyPort The proxy port to connect to unless it is specified in the proxy string with CURL.SetOptionProxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCert Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCertType Sets type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLCipherList Specify which SSL ciphers to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKey Sets name of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLKeyType Sets type of the file keeping your private SSL-key for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyHost Enable SSL Host verification. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVerifyPeer Set if we should verify the proxy in ssl handshake. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxySSLVersion Sets what version to specifically try to use for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyServiceName Sets Proxy Service Name. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use for proxy. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthPassword Set a password for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthType Set authentication type for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTLSAuthUsername Set a username for authenticated TLS for proxy. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyTransferMode Wether to pass transfer mode to proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyType Sets the type of the proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionProxyUsername The user name to use for the transfer while connecting to Proxy. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionPut Sets transfer to be a HTTP Put. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionQuote Sets the list of FTP or SFTP commands to pass to the server prior to your FTP request. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPClientCSEQ Manually initialize the client RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPRequest RTSP request method (OPTIONS, SETUP, PLAY, etc...) | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPServerCSEQ Manually initialize the server RTSP CSeq for this handle. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPSessionID The RTSP session identifier. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPStreamURI The RTSP stream URI. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRTSPTransport The Transport: header to use in RTSP requests. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionRandomFile Sets random file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRange Sets the range. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRedirProtocols Limit which protocols are used for redirection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionReferer Sets the referrer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionRequestTarget Set the request target, instead of extracted from the URL. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionResolve Sets resolve list. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionResumeFrom Sets the resume from offset. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSASLIR Enable/disable SASL initial response. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHAuthTypes Sets the SSL authentication types. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHCompression Enable/disable SSH compression. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHHostPublicKeyMD5 Sets MD5 hash for public key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHKnownHosts Sets the file path of the known_host file to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPrivateKeyfile Sets the file path for your private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSHPublicKeyfile Sets the file path for the public key file. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCert Sets the file path for the certificate. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCertType Sets the format of the certificate. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLCipherList Sets the list of ciphers to use for the SSL connection. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableALPN Enable/disable TLS ALPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without). | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEnableNPN Enable/disable TLS NPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without) | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEngine Sets which crypto engine is used. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLEngineDefault Sets the actual crypto engine as the default for (asymmetric) crypto operations. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLFalseStart Set if we should enable TLS false start. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKey Sets the file path for the private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLKeyType Sets the format of the private key. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLOptions Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLSessionIDCache Controls SSL session-ID caching. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyHost Sets whether to verify host. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyPeer Whether to verify the peer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVerifyStatus Set if we should verify the certificate status. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSSLVersion Sets which version of SSL/TLS to attempt to use. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionServiceName Sets Service Name. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5Auth Sets allowed authentication methods for SOCKS 5 proxies | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPINec Sets how to run the protection mode negotiation. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionSocks5GSSAPIService Sets the name of the service. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDepends Sets stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamDependsE Sets exclusive stream dependency on another CURL session. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionStreamWeight Set stream weight, 1 - 256. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionSuppressConnectHeaders Suppress proxy CONNECT response headers from header data. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPFastOpen Set TCP Fast Open. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepAlive Enable TCP keep-alive probing. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepIdle Set TCP keep-alive idle time wait. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPKeepInterval Set TCP keep-alive interval. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTCPNoDelay Sets the TCP delay option. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPBlockSize Specify block size to use for TFTP data transmission. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTFTPNoOptions Sets to whether not send any tftp option requests to the server. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLS13Ciphers Specify which TLS 1.3 ciphers suites to use. | 8.3 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthPassword Sets the TSL authentication password. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthType Sets the TLS authentication type. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTLSAuthUsername Sets the TSL authentication user name. | 3.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTelnetOptions Sets a list of telnet options. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeCondition Sets the time | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeOut Sets the maximum time in seconds that you allow the transfer operation to take. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeValue Sets the time value. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTimeoutMS Sets the transfer timeout in milliseconds. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferEncoding Ask for HTTP Transfer Encoding. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionTransferText Whether to use ASCII mode for FTP transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionURL Sets the actual URL to deal with. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUnixSocketPath Set path to Unix domain socket. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionUnrestrictedAuth Controls wether authentication is reused. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUpload Sets this transfer to be an upload. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUseSSL Sets whether to use SSL for next transfers. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUserAgent The user agent text string. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionUsername Sets the user name string for the transfer. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionVerbose Whether to store log messages. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetOptionWildCardMatch Enable wildcard matching. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetOptionXOAuth2Bearer The XOAUTH2 bearer token. | 8.2 |
| CURL.SetProgressEvaluate Sets expression to be run when transfer makes progress. | 6.1 |
| CURL.SetProgressScript Sets the progress script. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 5.2 |
| CURL.SetUpdateProgressDialog Sets whether progress dialog should be automatically updated. | 2.5 |
| CURL.SetupAWS Setup CURL to transfer to Amazon Webservices. | 7.2 |
| CURL.SetupOAuth Setups an OAuth signed transfer. | 8.3 |
| CURL.UseSystemCertificates Read certificate from system and installs them in CURL session,. | 7.2 |
| CURL.Version Queries curl version string. | 2.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.Duplicate Creates a copy of an alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetAbsoluteTrigger Queries the absolute trigger timestamp. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetAcknowledged Queries acknowledged flag. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetAction Queries the action for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetEmailAddress Queries the email address for an alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetRelatedTo Queries the related to setting. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetRelativeTrigger Queries the relative trigger value. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetSound Queries the sounds for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.GetURL Queries the URL of the alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetAbsoluteTrigger Sets the absolute trigger timestamp. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetAcknowledged Sets acknowledged flag. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetAction Sets an action for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetEmailAddress Sets the email address for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetRelatedTo Sets the related to setting. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetRelativeTrigger Sets the relative trigger value. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetSound Sets the sounds for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.SetURL Sets the URL of the alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo Queries the relative trigger date for this alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Attendee.GetAddress Returns URL address of attendee entry. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Attendee.GetCommonName Returns the user-entered name of the attendee. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Attendee.GetStatus Returns status of attendee. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Calendar.Duplicate Creates a copy of an existing calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetColor Queries the color of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetNotes Queries the notes of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetTitle Queries the title of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetType Queries the type of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.GetUID Queries the UID of a calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.IsEditable Whether calendar is editable. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.SetColor Sets the color for a calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.SetNotes Sets the notes for the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendar.SetTitle Set title of the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Calendars Returns the list of calendars known to the system. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Events Queries events. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.AddAlarm Adds an alarm to a calendar item. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Item.Duplicate Creates a copy of an existing item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAlarms Queries the list of alarms for this item. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAllDay Queries whether event is all day. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeCommonName Queries name of attendees. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeCount Queries number of attendees. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeStatus Queries status of attendees. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendeeURL Queries URL of attendees. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetAttendees Queries the list of attendees for this event. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Item.GetCalendar Queries the calendar id for this calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetCompleted Queries the completed flag for a reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetCompletionDate Queries the completion date. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetDateStamp Queries date stamp for this event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetDueDate Queries due date of this reminder/task. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetEndDate Queries the end date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetLocation Queries the location for the event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetNotes Queries the notes of the calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetPriority Queries the priority of a task/reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetStartDate Queries the start date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetTitle Queries the title of the event or reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetUID Queries the unique identifier for a new calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.GetURL Queries the URL of a calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.HasAlarm Whether this calendar item has an alarm. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.IsDetached Whether event is detached. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.NextAlarmDate Queries date of next alarm. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.Occurrence Returns the occurrence date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.RemoveAlarm Removes an alarm from an item. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Item.SetAllDay Sets the all day flag for an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetCalendar Assigns a calendar to the calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetCompleted Sets the completed flag for a reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetCompletionDate Sets a new completion date for a reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetDueDate Sets due date of a reminder/task. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetEndDate Sets the end date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetLocation Sets a location for an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetNotes Sets the notes for this item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetPriority Sets the priority of a task/reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetStartDate Sets the start date of an event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetTitle Sets the title of the event or reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Item.SetURL Assigns a new URL for a calendar item. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.NewAlarm Creates a new alarm. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.NewCalendar Creates a new calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.NewEvent Creates a new event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.NewReminder Creates a new reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Notification.Clear Clears the registered notification script. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.Evaluate Installs a notification evaluation. | 6.2 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetChangedExternally Queries if the last notification script call was caused by a changed in another app. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetDeletedRecords Queries list of deleted records. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetInsertedRecords Queries list of inserted records. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetProcessID Queries the process ID. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetProcessName Queries the process name. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetUpdatedRecords Queries list of updated records. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetUserUID Queries the user ID. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.GetWhat Queries what changed in the database. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.Notification.Set Installs a notification script. | 3.5 |
| Calendar.RemoveCalendar Deletes the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.RemoveEvent Deletes the event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.RemoveReminder Deletes the reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.SaveCalendar Saves the calendar. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.SaveEvent Saves the event. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.SaveReminder Saves the reminder. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.SelectEvent Selects an event with occurrance for editing. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.Tasks Queries all tasks. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.TasksCompletedSince Queries tasks completed since a given date. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.UncompletedTasks Queries all uncompleted tasks. | 3.4 |
| Calendar.UncompletedTasksDueBefore Queries tasks completed before a given date. | 3.4 |
| ClearRegistration Clears registration details stored with StoreRegistration. | 3.0 |
| Clipboard.GetData Queries data from clipboard item. | 4.4 |
| Clipboard.GetFileMakerData Queries the xml text of a FileMaker layout/script object. | 4.0 |
| Clipboard.GetFiles Queries file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
| Clipboard.GetHTMLText Queries styled text from clipboard as HTML. | 6.0 |
| Clipboard.GetPicture Queries a picture from clipboard. | 6.3 |
| Clipboard.GetRTFText Queries styled text from clipboard as RTF. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.GetStyledText Queries styled text from clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.GetText Queries clipboard content as text. | 2.6 |
| Clipboard.GetTypes Queries the list of data types on the clipboard. | 4.0 |
| Clipboard.SetFileMakerData Puts the xml text on the clipboard for a FileMaker layout/script object. | 4.0 |
| Clipboard.SetFiles Puts a list of file paths on the clipboard. | 5.1 |
| Clipboard.SetHTMLText Puts HTML data on the clipboard. | 6.0 |
| Clipboard.SetPicture Sets clipboard picture. | 6.3 |
| Clipboard.SetRTFText Puts RTF data on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.SetStyledText Put styled text on the clipboard. | 5.0 |
| Clipboard.SetText Sets the text on the clipboard. | 2.6 |
| ColorPanel.GetColor Queries current color. | 8.3 |
| ColorPanel.GetColorChangedEvaluate Queries expression. | 8.3 |
| ColorPanel.GetColorChangedScript Queries script to run when color changed. | 8.3 |
| ColorPanel.Hide Hides color panel. | 8.3 |
| ColorPanel.SetColor Sets color. | 8.3 |
| ColorPanel.SetColorChangedEvaluate Sets expression to run when color changed. | 8.3 |
| ColorPanel.SetColorChangedScript Sets script to trigger if color changed. | 8.3 |
| ColorPanel.Show Shows color panel. | 8.3 |
| CompileDate Returns the date the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
| CompileTime The time of day that the plug-in was compiled. | 1.0 |
| Container.Compress Compresses a container value. | 5.3 |
| Container.DecodeFromBase64 Decodes data from base64 text into a container value. | 4.4 |
| Container.DecodeFromHex Decodes data from hex text into a container value. | 6.5 |
| Container.Decompress Decompresses a container value. | 5.3 |
| Container.Deserialize Restores a serialized container value. | 5.2 |
| Container.Export Writes selected data content from a container to a file path. | 1.6 |
| Container.ExtractStream Extracts a single frame and returns as new container value. | 4.3 |
| Container.GetBase64 Returns the base 64 encoded value of the container. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetCount Counts the number of types in a container field. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetDataURL Returns the complete Data url for an image stored in a container field. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetHeight Returns the Height of the image that was placed in the container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetHex Returns the hex encoded value of the container. | 6.5 |
| Container.GetJPEGHeight Returns the Height of JPEG image stored in a container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetJPEGHeightResolution Returns the Vertical Resolution of the JPEG image stored in a container field in pixels per inch. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetJPEGWidth Returns the Width of JPEG image stored in a container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetJPEGWidthResolution Returns the Horizontal Resolution of the preview image stored in a container field in pixels per inch. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetName Queries the path list from a container. | 3.0 |
| Container.GetResolution Queries the DPI settings stored in a container. | 4.2 |
| Container.GetSize Returns the size of the container. | 1.4 |
| Container.GetText Returns the text value of the container data. | 7.2 |
| Container.GetTotalSize Returns the size of the whole container. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetType Returns the type at the given index (zero based). | 1.4 |
| Container.GetTypeSize Returns the size of the indicated object type in container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetTypes Returns the list of objects in the container field. | 1.3 |
| Container.GetWidth Returns the Width of the image that was placed into the container. | 1.3 |
| Container.IsCompressed Queries whether container is compressed. | 7.5 |
| Container.ReadArchive Reads an archived container. | 4.4 |
| Container.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | 6.4 |
| Container.ReadImage Reads and convert image. | 8.4 |
| Container.Remove Removes a stream from container value. | 3.3 |
| Container.Rename Renames the file path in a container value. | 3.0 |
| Container.RenameStream Renames a stream in a container. | 4.3 |
| Container.Serialize Serialized a container as a text. | 5.2 |
| Container.WriteArchive Writes an archive with container value. | 4.4 |
| Container.WriteFile Writes a file with the given container. | 6.4 |
| CoreImage.Detect Detects core image features. | 7.4 |
| CoreLocation.ClearFailHandler Clears the script called for errors. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.ClearUpdateLocationHandler Clears the script called for new location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.SetFailEvaluate Sets the expression evaluated when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | 6.2 |
| CoreLocation.SetFailHandler Sets the script called when CoreLocation wants to report an error. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationEvaluate Sets the expression evaluated when a new location has been detected. | 6.2 |
| CoreLocation.SetUpdateLocationHandler Sets the script called when a new location has been detected. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.altitude The altitude measured in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.course Returns the direction in which the device is traveling. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.description Returns the location data in a formatted text string. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.desiredAccuracy The desired accuracy of the location data. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.distanceFilter The minimum distance (measured in meters) a device must move laterally before an update event is generated. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.distanceFromLocation Returns the distance (in meters) from the receiver's location to the specified location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.headingAvailable Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the location manager is able to generate heading-related events. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.horizontalAccuracy The radius of uncertainty for the location, measured in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.latitude Returns the geographical coordinate information. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.locationServicesEnabled Returns a Boolean value indicating whether location services are enabled on the device. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.longitude Returns the geographical coordinate information. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.purpose An application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setDesiredAccuracy Sets the desired accuracy of the location data. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setDistanceFilter Sets the minimum distance (measured in meters) a device must move laterally before an update event is generated. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.setPurpose Sets the application-provided string that describes the reason for using location services. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.significantLocationChangeMonitoringAvailable Returns a Boolean value indicating whether significant location change tracking is available. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.speed The instantaneous speed of the device in meters per second. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.startMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges Starts the generation of updates based on significant location changes. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.startUpdatingLocation Starts the generation of updates that report the user's current location. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.stopMonitoringSignificantLocationChanges Stops the delivery of location events based on significant location changes. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.stopUpdatingLocation Stops the generation of location updates. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.timestamp Returns the time at which this location was determined. | 2.7 |
| CoreLocation.verticalAccuracy Returns the accuracy of the altitude value in meters. | 2.7 |
| CoreML.AddArrayParameter Adds an array parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddDoubleParameter Adds a double parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddImageParameter Adds an image parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddIntegerParameter Adds an integer parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddTextParameter Adds a text parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.AddUndefinedParameter Adds an undefined parameter. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Available Whether CoreML is available. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Clear Clears all parameters. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.CompileModel Compiles a model file. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Description Queries the description of the model. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.GetUsesCPUOnly Queries whether to use CPU only. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.OpenModel Opens a compiled model file. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.PredictionFromFeatures Runs model with set parameters. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.Release Releases a model. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.ResultImage Queries result image. | 7.4 |
| CoreML.SetUsesCPUOnly Sets whether to use CPU only. | 7.4 |
| DNSLookup.Address Queries the address. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Alias Queries the alias. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.AliasCount Queries number of aliases. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByAddress Queries the domain name for an IP. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.LookupHostByName Queries the IP for domain. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Name Queries the name found. | 6.0 |
| DNSLookup.Release Releases a DNS Lookup reference. | 6.0 |
| Debugger.BringToFront Brings the debugger window to front. | 7.4 |
| Debugger.GetCallStack Queries current call stack from debugger panel. | 7.4 |
| Debugger.IsVisible Checks whether debugger is visible. | 7.4 |
| Debugger.Title Queries title of debugger panel. | 7.4 |
| Debugger.Window Queries window ID for the debugger. | 7.4 |
| Dialog.AddField Adds a field for the dialog. | 6.4 |
| Dialog.ClearFields Clears all fields. | 6.4 |
| Dialog.CloseSheet Closes a sheet if there is one running. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetAlternateButton Queries the title for the alternate button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetButton Queries button text. | 7.1 |
| Dialog.GetButtonPressed Queries index of selected button. | 7.2 |
| Dialog.GetButtons Queries which buttons are shown. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetDefaultButton Queries the title for the default button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetFieldText Queries field text. | 6.4 |
| Dialog.GetIcon Returns the icon displayed in the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetInformativeText Returns the receiver's informative text. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetLastResult Provides the last result from the dialog. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetLeft Queries left position. | 7.3 |
| Dialog.GetMessage Queries the message text for the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetMode Queries the dialog style. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetOtherButton Queries the title for the other button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetSheetEvaluate Queries notification evaluation expression. | 6.2 |
| Dialog.GetSheetFileName Queries notification script's file name. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetSheetRunning Queries if there is a sheet visible currently. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetSheetScriptName Queries notification script name. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.GetShowsSuppressionButton Indicates whether the receiver shows a suppression button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetSuppressionButtonTitle Queries the text for the suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetSuppressionState Queries the suppression state after you showed the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.GetTimeout Queries the timeout for dialogs in seconds. | 5.2 |
| Dialog.GetTop Queries top position. | 7.3 |
| Dialog.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title for the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.Reset Resets all dialog options. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.Run Runs the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.RunSheet Runs dialog as sheet. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.SetAlternateButton Sets the title for the alternate button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetButton Sets button text. | 7.1 |
| Dialog.SetButtons Sets which buttons to show. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetDefaultButton Sets the title for the default button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetFieldText Sets the text for a field. | 6.4 |
| Dialog.SetIcon Sets the icon to be displayed in the alert to a given icon. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetInformativeText Sets the receiver's informative text to a given text. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetLeft Sets the left position of the dialog. | 7.3 |
| Dialog.SetMessage Sets the message text for the dialog. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetMode Sets the dialog style. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetOtherButton Sets the title for the other button. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetSheetEvaluate Defines expression for the notification evaluation. | 6.2 |
| Dialog.SetSheetFileName Defines file name for the notification script. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.SetSheetScriptName Defines script name for the notification script. | 4.2 |
| Dialog.SetShowsSuppressionButton Specifies whether the receiver includes a suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetSuppressionButtonTitle Sets the text for the suppression checkbox. | 4.1 |
| Dialog.SetTimeout Sets a timeout for the dialog in seconds. | 5.2 |
| Dialog.SetTop Sets the top position of the dialog. | 7.3 |
| Dialog.SetWindowTitle Sets the window title for the dialog. | 4.1 |
| DialogModifications.Clear Clears the internal replacements list. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.Install Installs feature which can rename dialog elements in FileMaker. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.Set Adds an entry to the replacements list. | 4.3 |
| DialogModifications.Uninstall Uninstalls the feature. | 4.3 |
| Dictionary.AddSQL Adds values to a dictionary via SQL. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecord Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
| Dictionary.AddSQLRecords Adds values from a record to dictionary via SQL. | 7.4 |
| Dictionary.Clear Clears the dictionary content. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Clone Creates a clone of the dictionary. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.Count Returns number of keys in the dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Create Creates a new dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.CreateNamed Creates a new dictionary with desired key. | 8.1 |
| Dictionary.Deserialize Restores a serialized dictionary. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.HasKey Checks if the given key exists in dictionary. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.KeyAtIndex Returns key with given index. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Keys Returns list with all keys. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.List Returns list of all dictionary IDs. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.Release Releases dictionary and all memory used. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.RemoveKey Removes value with given key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.Serialize Serialized a dictionary as a text. | 5.2 |
| Dictionary.SetList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a list. | 6.2 |
| Dictionary.SetQuickList Fills dictionary with keys and values form a quick list. | 7.1 |
| Dictionary.SetValueForKey Stores value for given key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.SetVariables Creates variables with given keys and value from dictionary. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.ToJSON Returns JSON representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ToText Returns text representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ToXML Returns XML representation of dictionary for data exchange. | 6.1 |
| Dictionary.ValueForKey Queries value for the key. | 5.0 |
| Dictionary.ValueTypeForKey Queries data type of the value for the key. | 5.1 |
| Dictionary.Values Returns list with all values as text. | 5.1 |
| DragDrop.ClearDragActionHandler Clears the name for the drag action handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.ClearDragEnterHandler Clears the name for the drag enter handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.ClearDragExitHandler Clears the name for the drag exit handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.CreateWithControl Creates a new drop area on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.CreateWithSize Creates a new drop area inside the window with the given rectangle. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.CreateWithWindow Creates a new drop area which covers the whole window. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailAccount Returns account name of the specified email message. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailCount Returns number of emails received from Apple Mail app. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailID Returns subject of the specified email message. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailMailbox Returns mailbox name of the specified email message. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetEmailSubject Returns subject of the specified email message. | 2.7 |
| DragDrop.GetHeight Queries current height of drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetLeft Queries current position of the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetMouseX Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetMouseY Queries the native mouse position where the item was dropped. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetPath Queries the native path of a file drop. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetPathCount Returns the number of file paths. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetPicture Queries picture from drag and drop action. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.GetTag Queries the tag string for this dropview. | 3.3 |
| DragDrop.GetText Queries text from the drop. | 2.6 |
| DragDrop.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetTypes Queries list of types. | 4.3 |
| DragDrop.GetURL Queries URL from the drop. | 2.6 |
| DragDrop.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetWidth Queries current width of the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.GetWindowRef Queries the window where this dropview is located. | 3.3 |
| DragDrop.List Queries list of all currently active drop areas. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.RegisterDropTypes Defines what file types should be accepted for drag and drop for this window. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.Release Releases the drop area and reclaims memory. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all drop areas. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetCursor Sets the cursor mode. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetDragActionHandler Sets the drag action handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetDragEnterHandler Sets the drag enter handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetDragExitHandler Sets the drag exit handler. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.SetImage Sets the image to be shown in the drop area. | 2.4 |
| DragDrop.SetTag Sets the tag string for this dropview. | 3.3 |
| DragDrop.SetVisible Hides or shows the drop area. | 4.0 |
| DragDrop.UnregisterDropTypes Unregisteres all drag types for the specified drop area. | 2.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddActionToObj Adds an action to a PDF object. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddAnnotToPage Adds an annotation to a page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmark Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddBookmarkEx Adds a bookmark to the global outline tree of the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.AddContinueText Prints a single text line and moves the text cursor to the next line. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNProcessColorants Adds DeviceN process colorants. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddDeviceNSeparations Adds DeviceN separations. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddFontSearchPath Adds a search path to the list of available font search paths. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntent Represents the destination color space for which a PDF file was created. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddOutputIntentEx Adds an ICC profile to the PDF file like AddOutputIntent but accepts a file as a container. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.AddValToChoiceField Adds a value to a choice field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.AllowPageBreak Defines how to handle page breaks. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePage Adds new page to the PDF with given image. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.AppendImagePages Adds new pages to the PDF with given image paths. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.AppendPage This function appends an empty page to the document. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.AssociateEmbFile Associates an embedded file with a PDF object. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFile Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileContainer Attaches a data from container to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.AttachFileText Attaches a file to the document. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginContinueText This function prepares the output of multiple text lines with DynaPDF.AddContinueText. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.BeginLayer The function opens a layer in the current open page or template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginPattern This function creates a new tiling pattern. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.BeginTemplate The function creates a template and opens it so that arbitrary contents can be drawn into it. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier123 Draws a bezier path. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier13 This function paints a Bézier curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.Bezier23 The third supported Bézier curve type paints also a curve with one control point. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.CMYK Calculates color value for CMYK. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotName Changes or deletes the optional unique name of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeAnnotPos Changes the position and size of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeBookmark Changes an existing bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFont This function changes or sets the font to the one of the parameter FontHandle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontSize This function changes the font size of the current font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle This function changes the style of the current font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyleEx The function changes the font style of a font like DynaPDF.ChangeFontStyle but it accepts also font styles like 2 (bold) or 1 (italic). | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeLinkAnnot Changes the link of a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.ChangeSeparationColor Changes the color of a separation color space. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.CheckConformance Converts a PDF file to a specific PDF standard according to the parameter Type. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CircleAnnot Draws a circle annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.Clear Starts a new PDF in memory or at the given path. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ClipPath This function marks the current path as clipping path. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.CloseImportFile Closes the current import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ClosePath Closes current path. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.ConvertStyledText Converts styled text to formatted text. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.CreateButton Creates a push button. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateCheckBox This function creates a check box. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.CreateComboBox Creates a combo box. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateDeviceNColorSpace Creates a DeviceN color space. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateGroupField Creates a group field. A group field is a simple array of fields which can be used to separate fields into several groups. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateJSAction Creates a JavaScript action. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateListBox This function creates a list box. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateNamedDest The function creates a named destination that can be accessed from external PDF files. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateRadioButton Creates a radio button field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSeparationCS Creates a Separation color space. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigField Creates an empty signature field which can be used to digitally sign the PDF file. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateSigFieldAP Creates a signature appearance template in the exact size of the base signature field. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.CreateStructureTree Creates a global structure tree that is required to create Tagged PDF files. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.CreateTextField This function creates a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAcroForm The function deletes a maybe existing Interactive Form. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteActionFromObjEx This function deletes an action from a PDF object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteAnnotation Deletes an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteBookmark Deletes a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteEmbeddedFile The function deletes an embedded file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteField This function deletes an interactive form field. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteFieldEx Deletes a field by name. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteJavaScripts Deletes all global Javascripts. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeletePage Deletes a given page in the current working PDF. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.DeletePageLabels Deletes all page labels contained in the current open document, if any. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteSeparationInfo Deletes the separation of the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplate Deletes a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteTemplateEx Deletes a template by using an index instead of a template handle. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DeleteXFAForm Deletes a maybe existing XFA form (XML based form) if any. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.DrawArc This function draws an arc by using a start and end angle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawArcEx This function draws an elliptical arc. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawChord This function draws an elliptical chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawCircle This function draws a circle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.DrawPie The function draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two angles. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditPage This function prepares a page for editing. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate Prepares a template for editing. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.EditTemplate2 Opens a template for editing. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.Ellipse Draws an ellipse. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EnableEncryption Enables encryption for next save command. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.EndLayer Closes a layer that was opened by DynaPDF.BeginLayer. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EndPage This function closes an open page that was opened by AppendPage or EditPage. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.EndPattern Closes an open pattern. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.EndTemplate This function closes an open template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExchangeBookmarks This function exchanges two bookmarks. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExchangePages The function exchanges two pages. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractDocumentText Extracts the text of all pages. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractImages Extracts images of a PDF. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractPageRectText Extracts the text of the page in a rectangle. | 6.2 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractPageText Extracts the text of the page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ExtractText Extracts the text of the page PageNum. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnot Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileAttachAnnotEx Inserts a file attachment annotation on the current open page. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.FileLink Creates a file link annotation. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.FindBookmark Searches for a bookmark in the document outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindEmbeddedFile Searches for the embedded file Name and returns the handle of it when it can be found. | 6.3 |
| DynaPDF.FindField This function searches for an interactive form field by using the fully qualified field name. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindLinkAnnot Searches for a file link or web link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindNextBookmark Searches the next bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.FindPattern Searches for a text. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.FindText Searches a text and returns position details. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenAnnots Flatten annotations. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.FlattenForm Flatten forms. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.FlushPages The function writes the pages in memory to the PDF file. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.FontInfo Retrieves the most important properties of a font. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.FreeTextAnnot Creates a Free Text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GeneratePreview Adds a preview picture to a PDF container. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotCount Returns the number of annotations currently used in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotFlags Returns the default flags used for newly created annotations. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotLink Returns the URL or file path of a file link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotType Returns the type of a specific annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAnnotation Queries details about an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetAscent Returns the ascender of the active font. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBBox Queries bound box values of current page. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmark Returns the properties of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBookmarkCount Returns the number of bookmarks defined in the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetBorderStyle Returns the global border style which is used for newly created Interactive Form fields. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetCMapCount Returns the number of available CMap files. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetCharacterSpacing Returns the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxChar Returns the character used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxCharEx Returns character index of the font ZapfDingbats that is used to display the on state of the check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCheckBoxDefState Returns the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpace The function returns the active color space. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceCount Returns the number of color space objects which are used in the current document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetColorSpaceInfo Queries details on a colorspace. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionFilter The function returns the standard compression filter for images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetCompressionLevel Returns the active compression level. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetContent Queries content stream of the currently open page or template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from current PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocInfoCount Returns the number of document info entries defined in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetDocUsesTransparency Checks whether this document uses transparency. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetDrawDirection The function returns the actual draw direction for closed vector graphics such as rectangles, circles, ellipses and so on. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetDynaPDFVersion Returns the version string of DynaPDF. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFile Retrieves the details of an embedded file. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileAsContainer Returns an embedded file as a container. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetEmbeddedFileCount Returns the number of embedded files available in the PDF file. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeight The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetFTextHeightEx The function measures the height of a formatted text block. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetField Returns the most important properties of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBackColor The function returns the default background color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderColor Returns the default border color used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderStyle Returns the border style of a specific form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldBorderWidth Returns the line width of the border of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldChoiceValue Retrieves a choice value of a combo or list box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldColor Retrieves a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldCount The function returns the number of fields contained in the document. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValCount The function returns the number of values/export values which are defined for a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValue Retrieves the export value(s) of a check box, list box, or combo box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldExpValueEx Enumerates the choice values of a combo box, list box, or radio button. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldFlags Returns the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldGroupType Returns the base type of a field group. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldHighlightMode Returns the highlight mode of buttons, checkboxes, and signature fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldIndex Returns the page index or tab order of the field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldMapName Retrieves the mapping name of a specific form field if set. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldName Retrieves the name of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldOrientation Returns the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextAlign The function returns the text alignment of a text field or button field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldTextColor Returns the default text color used for newly created fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldToolTip Retrieves a pointer to the tool tip string of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFieldType Returns the field type. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontCount Returns the number of fonts which are used in the document. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontOrigin Returns the current font origin. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontSelMode Returns the current font selection mode. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetFontWeight Returns the weight that will be used to emulate a bold font style. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetGStateFlags Returns the current graphics state flags. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetImage retrieves the properties of an image as well as the decompressed image buffer if needed. By default all images are returned decompressed, with exception of image types which are already stored in a valid file format like JPEG and JPEG 2000 images. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImageCount Queries number of images in PDF. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportDocInfo The function retrieves a document info entry as text from import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags The function returns the current import flags used to import PDF files. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportFlags2 Queries the import flags. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportOrientation Queries orientation for input page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPDFVersion The function returns the minor PDF version number of an external PDF file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageBounds Queries page size for an import PDF page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetImportPageCount Queries number of pages in the current opened import PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInDocInfoCount Queries number of document info in import file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInFieldCount Returns the number of top level fields included in the currently opened import file. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsCollection Whether the currently opened import file is a portable collection. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsEncrypted Whether the currently opened import file is encrypted. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsSigned Whether a PDF file contains a digital signature. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsTrapped Queries value of the Trapped key in the current open import file. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInIsXFAForm Queries whether the current open import file contains an XFA form. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInMetadata Queries input PDF metadata. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetInPrintSettings Retrieves the print settings of the current open import file. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetInRepairMode Queries whether the current open import file was opened in repair or normal mode. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetIsFixedPitch Queries whether the active font is a fixed pitch font or 0 if the font is a variable pitch font. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetIsTaggingEnabled Queries whether tagging is enabled. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetJPEGQuality Queries the JPEG compression quality. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetJavaScriptCount Returns the number of global JavaScripts contained in a document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetLanguage Returns the language identifier of the document as an ISO 3166 language tag or IANA tag, or "" if not set. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastErrorMessage The function returns the last error message as text or empty text if no error occurred. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosX Return the horizontal end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLastTextPosY Return the vertical end position of the last drawn text. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLeading The function returns the current leading. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetLineWidth Queries the line width. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetLinkHighlightMode Returns the current highlight mode used for newly created annotations. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetMetadata Queries metadata from PDF. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOpacity Returns the opacity value used to draw the visible appearance of an annotation (requires Acrobat 5 or higher). | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOrientation Queries orientation of current page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntent Returns an output intent as well as the properties of it. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetOutputIntentCount Returns the number of available output intents. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetPDFVersion The function returns the version of the output PDF file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotCount eturns the number of annotations which are used by a page. The page must be opened with EditPage() before the function can be used. The annotations of the page can be accessed with GetAnnotEx(). | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageAnnotation Queries details about an annotation on current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageBBox Queries page size for a PDF page. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCoords Queries the current coordinate system. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageCount Queries number of pages in the current PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageFieldCount Returns the number of fields used by a page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageHeight The function returns the height of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabel Retrieves the properties of a page label. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLabelCount Returns the number of page labels defined in the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageLayout The function returns the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageMode The function returns the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageNum Returns the page number of the currently open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetPageWidth The function returns the width of the currently open page. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetPrintSettings Retrieves the currently defined print settings of the document. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfile Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfileData Queries file path for a ICC replace profile. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetReplaceICCProfilesCounter Queries counter for ReplaceICCProfile callback. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetResolution Queries the resolution for images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetSaveNewImageFormat Queries the SaveNewImageFormat properties. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplCount Returns the number of templates used by a page. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplHeight Returns the height of a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTemplWidth Returns the width of a template. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextDrawMode Queries text draw mode. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldDefaultValue The function returns the default value of a text field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextFieldValue The function returns the value of a text field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextRise Queries the current text rise used to output text. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextScaling Queries the current value of horizontal text scaling. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetTextWidth Computes the width of a text string. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTransparentColor Returns the transparent color value that is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetTrapped Returns the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseExactPwd Queries if exact password is needed to unlock PDF. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseGlobalImpFiles Queries if global import files are used. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseStdFonts Queries whether the 14 standard fonts are enabled. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseSystemFonts Queries whether system fonts are used. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseTransparency The property specifies whether images should get a transparent background. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.GetUseVisibleCoords Queries whether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate the position of an object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.GetUserUnit The function returns the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.GetUsesTransparency Checks whether a page or the entire document uses transparency. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetWordSpacing Returns the current word spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStream Returns an XFA stream. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.GetXFAStreamCount Returns the number of available XFA streams. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenDocument Whether we have a working document. | 7.1 |
| DynaPDF.HaveOpenPage Checks whether a page is open. | 7.1 |
| DynaPDF.HighlightAnnot Creates a Highlight annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.HighlightPattern Searches a text and adds highlights for it. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.ImportEncryptionSettings Imports the encryption settings from the currently open import file. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFFile Imports all pages from a file. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPDFPage Imports a page from the import PDF and appends it to the current working PDF. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ImportPageAsTemplate Imports a page and creates a template which you can place on new PDF pages. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagement Enables color management for render functions. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.InitColorManagementEx Initializes color management. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.Initialize Initializes the DynaPDF functions in the MBS Plugin. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmark Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertBookmarkEx Inserts a bookmark in an existing outline tree. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.InsertImage The function inserts an image from a container. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.InsertImageFile The function inserts an image from a file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.IsColorPage Checks whether a page is a color page or if all graphic elements of the page use black & white only. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.IsEmptyPage Checks whether a page is empty. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.IsInitialized Checks if DynaPDF library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.LineAnnot Creates a line annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.LineTo The function draws a path from the current position up to the specified point. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.List Lists all IDs of current DynaPDF contexts. | 8.1 |
| DynaPDF.ListImages Lists images in a PDF. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.LockLayer Adds a layer to the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.MovePage The function moves a page to another position in the document. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.MoveTo The function moves the current position to the point specified by PosX, PosY. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.New Creates a new DynaPDF instance. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFile The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.OpenOutputFileEncrypted The function opens the output file into which the PDF file should be written. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromContainer Opens a PDF for importing from a container. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.OpenPDFFromFile Opens a PDF for importing from a file. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.Optimize Optimizes PDF. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageLink Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageLinkEx Adds a page link to the current open page. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.PageStatistics Queries the page statistics. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ParseContent Runs the content parser. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplate The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.PlaceTemplateEx The function places a template on a page, another open template, or pattern. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.RGB Calculates color value for RGB. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageFormat The function retrieves the most important properties of an image file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ReadImageResolution The function retrieves the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image file. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Rectangle This function draws a rectangle. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Release Releases a PDF reference. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.RenameSpotColor Renames a spot color. | 7.2 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFile Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPDFFileEx Renders whole PDF file in current PDF to an image. | 8.0 |
| DynaPDF.RenderPage Renders a page in current PDF to an image. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.ReplaceImage Replaces an image with another image. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.ReplacePattern Replaces a text with a new text. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.ResetEncryptionSettings Resets the encryption settings which were imported from an external PDF file so that the PDF file in memory can be saved unencrypted. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.RestoreGraphicState The function restores a previously saved graphics state. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.RotateCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.RotateTemplate Rotates a template. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.RoundRect The function draws a rectangle with rounded corners. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.RoundRectEx The function draws a rectangle with elliptical corners. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.Save Saves the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.SaveAndSignFile Saves and signs the current PDF to a container value which you can assign to a container field. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SaveGraphicState The function saves the current graphics state. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.ScaleCoords The function scales the coordinate system by applying a transformation matrix. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetAlpha Sets alpha for drawings. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderStyle Sets or changes the border style of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotColor Sets or changes the color of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlags Sets the default flags used for new annotations. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotFlagsEx Sets or changes the flags of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotHighlightMode Sets or changes the highlight mode of a link annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotIcon Sets or changes the icon of a text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotLineEndStyle Sets or changes the line end styles of a Line or PolyLine Annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpacity Changes the opacity of a markup annotation. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotOpenState Sets the open state of a markup or PopUp annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotString Sets, changes, or deletes a string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetAnnotSubject Sets or changes the optional subject string of an annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBBox Sets a specific bounding box of the current open PDF page. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkDest Sets or changes the destination of a bookmark. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBookmarkStyle Sets the bookmark style. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetBorderStyle Set the global border style which is used for newly created form fields. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCMapDir The function sets a search path from which external CMap files can be loaded. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCharacterSpacing Sets the current character spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxChar Sets the character which should be used for newly created check boxes. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxDefState Changes the default state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetCheckBoxState Changes the state of a check box. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetColorSpace The function activates a device color space in the graphics state. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionFilter The function sets the compression filter which is used to compress images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetCompressionLevel Sets the current compression level. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetContent Replaces the content stream of the currently open page or template with a new one. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfo The function sets or changes a document info entry. | 3.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetDocInfoEx Sets a document information. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetDrawDirection The function sets the draw direction of closed vector graphics such as rectangles, ellipses, triangles and so on. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtColorSpace Activates an extended color space in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtFillColorSpace Activates an extended color space for fillings in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetExtStrokeColorSpace Activates an extended color space for strokes in the graphics state. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBBox Changes the bounding box of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBackColor The function sets the background color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. Normal annotations support RGB colors only. Form fields support the color spaces DeviceRGB, DeviceGray, and DeviceCMYK. The color value must be defined in the current color space. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderColor Sets the border color used for newly created interactive form fields and annotations. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderStyle Changes the border style of a specific Interactive Form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldBorderWidth Changes the border width of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldColor Sets a specific color of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldDate Sets or changes the creation or modification date of a field. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValue Changes the choice values of a combo or list box, or to change the state and export value of check box. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldExpValueEx Marks a choice value of a combo or list box as selected or unselected. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFlags The function sets the flags of a specific interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFont Sets or changes the font of a form field. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontEx Sets or replaces the font of a field. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldFontSize The function changes the font size of a specific field. A value of 0.0 is used as auto size. The optimal font size is then calculated by DynaPDF. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldHighlightMode Changes the highlight mode of a specific field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldIndex Sets the tab order of interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldMapName Sets or changes the mapping name of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldName Changes the name of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldOrientation The function sets or changes the orientation of a field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextAlign The function set or changes the text alignment of a text or button field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldTextColor The function sets the text color which is used for newly created interactive form fields. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFieldToolTip The function set or changes the tool tip or description string of an interactive form field. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetFillColor The function sets the current fill color as an array of float values. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFloatPrecision The function changes the output precision of text and vector coordinates. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetFont The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontEx The function loads a font that can be used for text output and interactive form fields. The difference in comparison to DynaPDF.SetFont is the way how the function tries to find the font. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontOrigin Sets the current font origin that is used to position text strings. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSearchOrder Changes the font search order. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontSelMode Changes the font selection mode. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetFontWeight Changes the font weight. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetGStateFlags Sets optional flags affecting the graphics state, coordinate handling, as well as color and image conversion rules. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags The function sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetImportFlags2 Sets optional flags to control the import of external PDF files. | 4.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetJPEGQuality The function sets the quality of JPEG compressed images in percent if JPEG compression is used. Lower values cause higher compression rates, however, worse image quality. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetLanguage Specifies the language of the document. | 4.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetLeading Sets text leading. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineJoinStyle Sets a new line join. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetLineWidth The function sets the line width used to stroke paths. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetLinkHighlightMode Sets the highlight mode that is used by link annotations. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetMetadata The function sets or replaces the XMP metadata stream of a specific object. | 5.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetNumberFormat Limits textfield to only accept numbers. | 6.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetOpacity Sets the opacity value which is used to render the appearance of a text annotation. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientation Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetOrientationEx Changes the orientation of the page. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetPDFVersion Sets the PDF version. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageBBox Sets or changes the bounding box of a page. | 8.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageCoords Sets the coordinate system origin. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageFormat The function sets a predefined page or paper format. | 3.3 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageHeight Sets page height. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageLayout The function sets the page layout that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageMode The function sets the page mode that is used when opening the document with Adobe's Acrobat. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPageWidth Sets page width. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetPrintSettings Adds preferred print settings to the PDF file. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfile Sets the replace ICC profile path. | 6.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetReplaceICCProfileData Sets the replace ICC profile data. | 7.5 |
| DynaPDF.SetResolution Sets the image resolution. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetSaveNewImageFormat Whether to recompress images. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetSeparationInfo Sets the separation info of the current open page. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetStrokeColor The function sets the current stroke color as an list of values. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextDrawMode Sets text draw mode. | 6.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValue The function sets or changes the value and default value of a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextFieldValueEx The function changes or sets the value of a text field. | 4.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRect The function defines the output rectangle that is used to output formatted text by the function DynaPDF.WriteFText. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextRise Sets the text rise. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTextScaling Sets scaling for text. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor Sets the transparent color which is used for newly inserted images. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetTrapped Sets the trapped key of the document. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseExactPwd Whether to require exact passwords. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseGlobalImpFiles Sets whether to use global import file. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseStdFonts The function can be used to disable the 14 standard fonts temporarily. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseSystemFonts The property specifies whether the system fonts should be automatically loaded. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseTransparency The property specifies whether images should be masked with the current transparent color to make this color transparent, see also DynaPDF.SetTransparentColor(). This technique is known as color key masking. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SetUseVisibleCoords Wether DynaPDF should consider the crop box to calculate to position of an object. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.SetUserUnit The function sets the user unit of the current open page. | 3.4 |
| DynaPDF.SetWordSpacing Sets the word spacing. | 4.2 |
| DynaPDF.ShowDifferences Shows differences on two PDF pages by adding highlight annotations. | 5.3 |
| DynaPDF.SkewCoords The function skews the coordinate system and sets the coordinate origin to the point OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.SquareAnnot Draws a square annotation on the current open page. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.StampAnnot Creates a stamp annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.StrokePath The function strokes the current path without closing it. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.SysFontInfo Returns the most important properties of a system font. | 5.1 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddColumn Adds a column on the left or right side of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRow Adds a new row to the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.AddRows Adds new rows to the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearColumn Deletes the content in the specified column in all rows. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearContent Deletes the specified object types from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.ClearRow The function deletes the content in the specified row. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Create Creates a new table object. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteCol Deletes a column from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRow Deletes a row from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.DeleteRows Deletes all rows from the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Draw Draws the table on the specified position. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetFirstRow Queres first row drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeight Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextHeightRow Calculates the height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNextRow Queres next row to be drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumCols Queries number of columns in table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetNumRows Queries number of rows in table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetPDF Returns the reference to the PDF. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableHeight Returns the full height of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.GetTableWidth Returns the width of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.HaveMore Checks whether all rows where drawn. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.Release Releases the PDF table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBorderWidth Sets or changes the border width. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetBoxProperty Sets or changes the border width, cell spacing, or cell padding. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImage Inserts an image horizontally and vertically aligned as specified. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellImageEx Inserts an image from container. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellOrientation Sets the cell orientation. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellPadding Sets or changes the cell padding. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellSpacing Sets or changes the cell spacing. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTable The function inserts a sub table into the specfied cell. A sub table is always a foreground object that has a strong width and height. That means, if the cell is not large enough then it will be expanded. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellTemplate Inserts a template into the specified cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetCellText Inserts the specified text into the cell. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColWidth The function changes the width of a column. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColor Sets or changes the specified color as well as the corresponding device color space. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetColorFloat Sets or changes the specified color and color space. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFlags The function sets various flags. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFont Sets the font that is used to output text. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSelMode The function sets or changes the font selection mode. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetFontSize Sets or changes the font size. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetGridWidth Sets the grid width. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetPDF Changes the PDF instance that is associated with the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRGBColor Sets RGB color. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetRowHeight Changes the row height. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.Table.SetTableWidth Changes the width of the table. | 3.5 |
| DynaPDF.TextAnnot Creates a text annotation. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.TranslateCoords The function translates the coordinate system to the new origin OriginX, OriginY. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.Triangle The function draws a triangle. | 3.2 |
| DynaPDF.UnLockLayer Removes a layer from the list of locked layers. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.WatermarkAnnot Creates a Watermark annotation. | 7.0 |
| DynaPDF.WebLink Inserts a web link onto the current open page. | 4.0 |
| DynaPDF.WriteDemoText Writes a demo text like the DynaPDF demo watermark. | 5.0 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFText Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextEx Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 3.1 |
| DynaPDF.WriteFTextExRotated Writes text on current page with formatting commands. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledText Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextEx Writes styled text on current page. | 6.5 |
| DynaPDF.WriteStyledTextExRotated Writes styled text on current page. | 7.4 |
| DynaPDF.WriteText Writes text on current page. | 3.1 |
| ECKey.BuiltInCurves Queries built in curves. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Description Returns an user readable description text for the current key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Duplicate Creates a copy of the key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Generate Generates a new pair of private and public keys. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.PrivateKey Queries the private key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.PublicKey Queries the public key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReadPrivateKey Reads a private key from text. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.ReadPublicKey Reads a public key from text. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Release Releases the key. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Sign Signs the given data. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Size Queries the size of the key in bytes. | 5.4 |
| ECKey.Verify Verifies the digital signature. | 5.4 |
| Email.Verify Verifies if an email is valid. | 3.3 |
| EmailParser.Address Queries an address value. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AddressCount Queries number of addresses. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Attachment Queries an attachment property. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Free Frees the email parser. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HTMLText Queries html text of email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HTMLToPlainText Converts HTML to plain text. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HasHeader Checks if header exists. | 7.4 |
| EmailParser.Hash Returns a SHA512 hash for the email source parsed. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Header Queries a header entry. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HeaderCount Queries number of header entries. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.HeaderValue Queries header value by header name. | 7.4 |
| EmailParser.Inline Queries an inline graphics property. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.InlineCount Queries number of inline images. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.List Lists all email parser reference numbers. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.MessageID Queries the message ID of the email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.Parse Parses an email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ParseContainer Parses an email stored in container. | 6.3 |
| EmailParser.ParseFile Parses an email from a file. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.PlainText Queries plain text of email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.ProcessImageReferences Processes image references in HTML. | 6.3 |
| EmailParser.ReceiveDate Queries the date and time of the email. | 6.4 |
| EmailParser.SentDate Queries the date and time of the email. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Source Returns the source of the email as we parsed it. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.SourceWithoutAttachments Returns the source of the email without attachments. | 5.4 |
| EmailParser.Subject Queries the subject line of the email. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.WriteAttachment Writes an attachment to a file path. | 5.3 |
| EmailParser.WriteInline Writes an inline graphics to a file path. | 5.3 |
| Encryption.Cipher Encrypts or decrypts of a value. | 4.1 |
| Encryption.DecryptAES Decrypts data with AES engine in CBC mode. | 2.7 |
| Encryption.DecryptBlowfish Decrypts data with Blowfish engine in CFB64 mode. | 2.7 |
| Encryption.DecryptContainerAES Decrypts container value with AES engine in CFB mode. | 2.9 |
| Encryption.DecryptContainerBlowfish Decrypts container value with Blowfish engine. | 2.9 |
| Encryption.EncryptAES Encrypts data with with AES engine in CBC mode. | 2.7 |
| Encryption.EncryptBlowfish Decrypts data with Blowfish engine in CFB64 mode. | 2.7 |
| Encryption.EncryptContainerAES Encrypts container value with AES engine in CFB mode. | 2.9 |
| Encryption.EncryptContainerBlowfish Encrypts container value with Blowfish engine. | 2.9 |
| EnvironmentVariables.ClearValue Clears a variable by removing it from the environment. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Count Queries number of environment variables. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Name Queries name of environment variable with given index. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Names Queries list of environment variable names. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.SetValue Sets an environment variable. | 5.1 |
| EnvironmentVariables.Value Queries value of an environment variable. | 5.1 |
| EventMonitor.Clear Clears last event captured. | 5.2 |
| EventMonitor.ClearCardWindow Clears trigger for card window. | 7.3 |
| EventMonitor.GetEnabled Queries whether event monitor is enabled. | 6.3 |
| EventMonitor.Install Installs event monitor. | 5.2 |
| EventMonitor.LastMouseClickButton Queries the index of the last pressed mouse button. | 5.2 |
| EventMonitor.LastMouseClickIsDoubleClick Queries if last recognized mouse click is a double click. | 5.2 |
| EventMonitor.LastMousePositionX Queries last mouse position. | 7.3 |
| EventMonitor.LastMousePositionY Queries last mouse position. | 7.3 |
| EventMonitor.SetCardWindow Sets script trigger for clicks outside card. | 7.3 |
| EventMonitor.SetEnabled Enables or disables event monitor. | 6.3 |
| Events.Alarm.Copy Creates a copy of the alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetAbsoluteDate Represents an alarm that fires at a specific date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetEmailAddress Query the email for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetProximity Queries proximity. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetRelativeOffset Queries the relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetSound Queries the sound to play. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetStructuredLocation Queries the location for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.GetURL Queries the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetAbsoluteDate Sets an alarm that fires at a specific date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetEmailAddress Sets the email for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetProximity Sets the proximity for this alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetRelativeOffset Sets a relative offset from an event start date to fire an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetSound Sets the sound to play. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetStructuredLocation Sets the location for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.SetURL Sets the URL to open when the alarm triggers. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.TriggerDateRelativeTo Calculates the next alarm time. | 6.2 |
| Events.Alarm.Type Queries the type of alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.AuthorizationStatusForEntityType Returns the authorization status for the given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.AllowsContentModifications Represents whether you can this add, remove, or modify items in this calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.CalendarIdentifier A unique identifier for the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Duplicate Creates a copy of the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetColor Returns the calendar color. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetSource Query the source ID for this calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetTitle Gets the title of the calendar | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.GetType Queries type of calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Immutable Queries whether calendar is immutable. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetColor Sets the calendar color. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetSource Sets the source for a new calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.SetTitle Sets the title of the calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.Subscribed Whether this is a subscribed calendar. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.allowedEntityTypes Returns the entity types this calendar can contain. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendar.supportedEventAvailabilities Returns list of supported event availabilities. | 6.2 |
| Events.CalendarCount Queries number of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.CalendarItemsWithExternalIdentifier Finds matching events for external identifier. | 6.2 |
| Events.Calendars Returns calendars that support a given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.ClearNotification Clears the script trigger for changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Commit Commits pending changes to the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.CompletedReminders Fetch completed reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.DelegateSources Returns an unordered list of sources for all available delegates. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.BirthdayPersonUniqueID Specifies the address book unique ID of the person this event was created for. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetAllDay Query whether this is an all day event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetAvailability Queries availability. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetEndDate Queries the end date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetStartDate Queries the start date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.GetStructuredLocation Queries structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.IsDetached Represents whether this event is detached from a recurring series. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.OccurrenceDate The occurrence date of an event if it is part of a recurring series. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.Refresh Refreshes an event object to ensure it's still valid. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetAllDay Sets the all day flag for an event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetAvailability Sets availability. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetEndDate Sets the end date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetStartDate Sets the start date for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.SetStructuredLocation Sets the structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.Status Queries status of event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.compareStartDateWithEvent Comparison function. | 6.2 |
| Events.Event.organizer The organizer of this event, or empty. | 6.2 |
| Events.EventStoreIdentifier Returns a unique identifier string representing this calendar store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Events Queries events in a given time range. | 6.2 |
| Events.IncompleteReminders Fetch incompleted reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.Initialize Initializes EventKit and opens event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.AddAlarm Adds an alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.AddRecurrenceRule Adds a recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Alarms Queries list of alarm references. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Attendees Queries list of attendee reference list. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemExternalIdentifier A server-provided identifier for this calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.CalendarItemIdentifier Returns a unique identifier for a calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.Duplicate Creates a copy of the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetCalendar Queries the calendar for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetLocation Queries the location text. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetNotes Queries the notes text. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetTimeZone Queries timezone. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetTitle Queries title of the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.GetURL Queries the URL for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasAlarms Whether this event has alarms. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasAttendees Whether this event has attendees. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasNotes Whether this event has notes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.HasRecurrenceRules Whether this event has recurrence rules. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RecurrenceRules Queries list of recurrence rules reference list. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RemoveAlarm Removes an alarm from the item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.RemoveRecurrenceRule Removes a recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetCalendar Sets the calendar for the event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetLocation Sets the location for this event. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetNotes Sets the notes text for the calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetTimeZone Sets time zone for this item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetTitle Sets the item title. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.SetURL Sets the URL for the calendar item. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.creationDate Queries creation date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Item.lastModifiedDate Queries last modification date. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarm Creates a new alarm. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarmWithAbsoluteDate Creates a new alarm with an absolute trigger time. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewAlarmWithRelativeOffset Creates a new alarm with a relative trigger time. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewCalendar Creates a new calendar that may contain the given entity type. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewEvent Creates a new event. | 6.2 |
| Events.NewReminder Creates a new reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.HasChanges Checks if there are changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.IsNew Returns 1 if this object has never been saved, else 0. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Refresh Refreshes values for this object. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Reset Resets the object. | 6.2 |
| Events.Object.Rollback Discards any changes. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.GetName Queries name of participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.GetStatus Queries participant status. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.IsCurrentUser Whether this is current user. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Name Name of this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Person Returns the addressbook person reference that represents this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Role The role of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Status The status of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.Type The type of the attendee. | 6.2 |
| Events.Participant.URL URL representing this participant. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.Copy Creates a copy of the day of week object. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.DayOfTheWeek The day of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.NewWithDayOfWeek Creates a object with a day of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceDayOfWeek.WeekNumber The week number. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.Copy Creates a copy of a recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.EndDate Queries end date. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithEndDate Creates a recurrence end with a specific end date. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.NewWithOccurrenceCount Creates a recurrence end with a maximum occurrence count. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceEnd.OccurrenceCount Queries count. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.CalendarIdentifier Calendar used by this recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Copy Creates a copy of the recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheMonth Queries days of the month. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheWeek Queries days of the week. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.DaysOfTheYear Queries days of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Description Returns short description text for debugging. | 7.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.FirstDayOfTheWeek Queries first day of week number. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Frequency Queries frequency. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.GetRecurrenceEnd Queries recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.Interval Queries interval. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.MonthsOfTheYear Queries months of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.NewWithFrequency Creates a new recurrence rule. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetPositions Queries the set positions. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.SetRecurrenceEnd Sets the recurrence end. | 6.2 |
| Events.RecurrenceRule.WeeksOfTheYear Queries weeks of the year. | 6.2 |
| Events.RefreshSourcesIfNecessary Cause a sync to potentially occur taking into account the necessity of it. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompleted Whether or not the reminder is completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetCompletionDate Queries the date on which this reminder was completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetDueDate Queries due date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetPriority Queries the priority of the reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.GetStartDate Queries start date. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompleted Whether or not the reminder is completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetCompletionDate Sets the date on which this reminder was completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDate The date by which this reminder should be completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetDueDateComponents The date by which this reminder should be completed. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetPriority Sets the priority of the reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDate Sets the start date of the task. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminder.SetStartDateComponents Sets the start date of the task, as date components. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reminders Fetch all reminders in a set of calendars. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveCalendar Removes a calendar from the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveEvent Removes an event from the calendar store. | 6.2 |
| Events.RemoveReminder Removes a reminder from the event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.Reset Resets the event store. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveCalendar Saves changes to a calendar, or adds a new calendar to the database. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveEvent Saves changes to an event permanently. | 6.2 |
| Events.SaveReminder Saves changes to a reminder. | 6.2 |
| Events.SelectEvent Selects an event via ID. | 6.2 |
| Events.SetNotification Installs a notification script. | 6.2 |
| Events.SetNotificationEvaluate Installs a notification evaluation. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Calendars Queries calendars inside the given source. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Title Queries title of the source. | 6.2 |
| Events.Source.Type Queries type of the source. | 6.2 |
| Events.SourceWithType Returns the first source matching the type. | 6.2 |
| Events.Sources Returns an unordered list of source IDs. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Copy Creates a copy of the structured location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetGeoLocation Queries the geo location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.GetRadius Queries radius. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.NewLocationWithTitle Creates a new location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetGeoLocation Sets the geo coordinates for this location. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.SetRadius Sets the radius. | 6.2 |
| Events.StructuredLocation.Title Queries the title of this location. | 6.2 |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewEvents Returns the calendar that events should be added to by default. | 6.2 |
| Events.defaultCalendarForNewReminders Returns the calendar that reminders should be added to by default. | 6.2 |
| Events.requestAccessToEntityType Requests access for the entity type. | 6.2 |
| FM.AllowFileDragDrop Installs fix for file drag and drop problem. | 7.0 |
| FM.Argument Query an argument passed to FileMaker from command line. | 5.1 |
| FM.ArgumentCount Queries number of arguments. | 5.1 |
| FM.Beep Beeps. | 8.2 |
| FM.CurrentScriptID Queries ID of current running FileMaker script. | 5.1 |
| FM.CurrentScriptName Queries name of current script. | 5.1 |
| FM.CurrentThreadID Queries current thread ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.DataType Returns data type of argument. | 6.1 |
| FM.DataViewerContent Looks for data viewer and copies visible table content. | 6.3 |
| FM.DeleteRecord Deletes an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.DeleteRecords Deletes existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.DisableRuntimeEndWindow Disables end screen on runtime on Mac. | 4.3 |
| FM.Evaluate Similar to FileMaker's built in FM Evaluate | 1.3 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQL Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 3.5 |
| FM.ExecuteFileSQLOnIdle This is similar to FM.ExecuteFileSQL, except that it waits until idle to execute. | 6.5 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL Execute the SQL Statement against the current FileMaker File. | 1.2 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastError Queries the last error code from an SQL call | 1.2 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastErrorMessage Queries the last error message from an SQL call | 3.0 |
| FM.ExecuteSQL.LastSQL Queries last SQL command. | 7.4 |
| FM.ExecuteSQLOnIdle This is similar to FM.ExecuteSQL, except that it waits until idle to execute. | 1.2 |
| FM.GetSQLBatchMode Queries turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord2 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecord3 Inserts or updates a record in a table in one line. | 6.1 |
| FM.InsertOrUpdateRecordQuery Insert or updates a lot of records queried from a database. | 8.4 |
| FM.InsertRecord Inserts a new record in a table in one line. | 5.1 |
| FM.InsertRecordCSV Inserts records based on CSV text. | 7.4 |
| FM.InsertRecordQuery Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 5.1 |
| FM.InsertRecordQueryIgnoreDuplicates Inserts a lot of records queried from a database. | 6.0 |
| FM.InsertRecordTSV Inserts records based on tab/return separated text. | 5.3 |
| FM.InsertSetUpdateProgressDialog Enable updating progress bar. | 6.2 |
| FM.IsMainThread Checks if current thread is main thread. | 5.1 |
| FM.Loop Universal function to run a loop with evaluate. | 8.2 |
| FM.MainThreadID Queries main thread ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.NULL Returns a null value. | 5.1 |
| FM.PatchNotificationProblem Patched problem with Scroll Notifications. | 8.1 |
| FM.QueryBaseTableNames Queries the base table names of all tables currently open. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryFieldsForBaseTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryFieldsForTableName Queries the field names of all fields in the given table. | 3.1 |
| FM.QueryTableNames Queries the table names of all tables currently open. | 3.1 |
| FM.RunDataDesignReport Performs a data design report automatically. | 5.0 |
| FM.RunScript Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
| FM.RunScriptIdle Runs a script after idle period. | 3.3 |
| FM.RunScriptLater Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 1.2 |
| FM.SQL.CSV Queries text of SQL result for CSV export. | 7.0 |
| FM.SQL.Execute Execute the SQL Statement against a FileMaker database. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.Field Queries field value for given position in result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.FieldCount Queries number of fields. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.FieldType Queries field type for given position in result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecords Inserts records in FileMaker database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
| FM.SQL.InsertRecordsToSQL Inserts records in SQL database from records in memory. | 6.4 |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecord Returns a row as JSON object. | 8.1 |
| FM.SQL.JSONRecords Returns rows as JSON array. | 8.1 |
| FM.SQL.Release Releases memory used for the SQL result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.RowCount Queries number of rows in the result. | 5.1 |
| FM.SQL.Text Queries text of SQL result. | 7.0 |
| FM.ScriptIDForScriptName Queries the ID for script with given name. | 5.1 |
| FM.ScriptNameForScriptID Queries script name for a script ID. | 5.1 |
| FM.ScriptNames Queries list of script names in current file. | 5.1 |
| FM.SetSQLBatchMode Sets turbo level for sending SQL in chunks. | 6.4 |
| FM.SetThreadName Sets a new name for a thread. | 6.0 |
| FM.StopScriptIdle Stops any idle timer. | 5.0 |
| FM.TableStatistics Queries statistics on a table. | 8.2 |
| FM.UpdateRecord Update an existing record in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecord3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 6.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords2 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.UpdateRecords3 Updates existing records in a table in one line. | 8.0 |
| FM.VariableAdd Adds a value to a given value atomically. | 8.3 |
| FM.VariableClear Destroys a variable that was declared with FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
| FM.VariableClearAll Clears all variables. | 5.2 |
| FM.VariableExists Checks if a variable with that name exists. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableGet Retrieves the value of named variable that was declared using FM.VariableSet. | 1.2 |
| FM.VariableList Returns list of all variables names and values. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableNames Queries list of all variable names. | 8.0 |
| FM.VariableReset Resets the list of variables. | 4.0 |
| FM.VariableSet Stores a named variable that can be retrieved later using FM.VariableGet. | 1.2 |
| FSEvents.Create Creates a new FSEvents monitor. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.CreateRelativeToDevice Creates a new FSEvents monitor relative to a device. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.CurrentEventId Queries current event ID for system. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Description Queries description event for this FSEvents object. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.DeviceBeingWatched Queries device ID of device watched. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.DeviceID Queries the DeviceID for a disk. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.EventCount Queries number of events in queue. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.FlushASync Flushes events asynchronously. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.FlushSync Flushes events synchronously. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.GetEvaluate Not yet documented | 6.2 |
| FSEvents.GetExclusionPaths Queries list of exclusion paths. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.GetFileName Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.GetScriptName Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.HasNextEvent Checks if there is a pending event in the queue. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.LastEventIdForDeviceBeforeTime Queries event ID for a given time on a device. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.LatestEventId Queries latest Event ID for this stream. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.NextEvent Queries next event in queue. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.PathsBeingWatched Queries the paths being watched. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Release Releases the FSEvents object. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.SetEvaluate Sets the expression for evaluate when database changes. | 6.2 |
| FSEvents.SetExclusionPaths Sets directories to be filtered from the EventStream. | 6.0 |
| FSEvents.SetFileName Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.SetScriptName Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Show Shows details for this FSEvents object on console. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Start Starts FSEvents monitor. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Started Queries if FSEvents monitor is started. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.Stop Stops FSEvent monitor. | 5.4 |
| FSEvents.UUIDForDevice Gets the UUID associated with a device. | 6.0 |
| FileDialog.GetAllowMulti Queries whether multiple selection is allowed. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetAllowsOtherFileTypes Queries if other file types. | 4.3 |
| FileDialog.GetCanSelectHiddenExtension Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the panel allows the user to hide or show extensions. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetFilter Queries which filter is defined. | 4.3 |
| FileDialog.GetInitialDirectory Queries the initial directory. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetMessage Returns the message displayed in the save panel. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetNameFieldLabel Returns the string displayed in front of the filename text field. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetNameFieldStringValue Returns the user-editable filename currently shown in the name field. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetPath Queries the native path with the given index. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetPathCount Queries number of file paths available. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetPrompt Queries current prompt text. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetResolvesAliases Returns whether the panel resolves aliases. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetShowHidden Returns whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetTreatsFilePackagesAsDirectories Whether the panel displays file packages as directories. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.GetWindowTitle Returns the title of the panel. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.OpenFileDialog Shows dialog to select a file. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.Reset Resets all options to default values. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SaveFileDialog Shows dialog to select where to save a file. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SelectFolderDialog Shows dialog to select a folder. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SelectItemDialog Shows dialog to select either file or folder. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetAllowMulti Sets whether multiple selection is allowed. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetAllowsOtherFileTypes Sets whether other file types are allowed. | 4.3 |
| FileDialog.SetCanSelectHiddenExtension Sets whether the panel allows the user to hide or show extensions. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetFilter Queries whether other file types are allowed. | 4.3 |
| FileDialog.SetInitialDirectory Sets the initial directory. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetMessage Sets the message text displayed in the panel. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetNameFieldLabel Sets the text displayed in front of the text field. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetNameFieldStringValue Sets the filename in the name field to the specified value. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetPrompt Sets the prompt of the default button. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetResolvesAliases Sets whether the panel resolves aliases. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetShowHidden Specifies whether the panel displays files that are normally hidden from the user. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetTreatsFilePackagesAsDirectories Sets the panel's behavior for displaying file packages (for example, MyApp.app) to the user. | 2.7 |
| FileDialog.SetWindowTitle Sets the title of the dialog. | 2.7 |
| FileDialogWatcher.GetLastPath Queries the last path used in open/save dialogs. | 2.6 |
| FileDialogWatcher.Install Installs the required code to catch file names from open/save dialogs on Mac. | 2.6 |
| Files.AccessDate Queries the access date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.AddedToDirectoryDate Queries the date of the file or folder when it was added to parent folder. | 6.4 |
| Files.AppPath Returns the path to the main executable for this FileMaker solution. | 2.7 |
| Files.CanOpenFile Checks if plugin can read file. | 5.4 |
| Files.CopyFile Copies the file without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.CreateAlias Creates an alias or link file. | 8.4 |
| Files.CreateBookmark Creates a bookmark from a file path. | 3.1 |
| Files.CreateDirectory Creates a directory. | 2.7 |
| Files.CreateHardLink Creates a new hard link. | 6.3 |
| Files.CreateSymbolicLink Creates a new symbolic link. | 6.3 |
| Files.CreationDate Queries the creation date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.Delete Deletes a file directly without moving to trash. | 3.3 |
| Files.DeleteFolder Deletes a file or folder directly without moving to trash. | 4.2 |
| Files.DirectoryExists Checks whether a directory exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.DiskInfo Queries information about a volume. | 5.0 |
| Files.FileDisplayName Queries the display name of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileExists Checks whether a file exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.FileExtension Queries the file extension of the given path. | 5.2 |
| Files.FileInfo Queries some file information. | 4.3 |
| Files.FileKind Queries the file kind string. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileName Queries the file name of the given path. | 2.9 |
| Files.FileSize Queries file size. | 2.7 |
| Files.FileUTITypes Queries uniform type identifiers for this file. | 2.9 |
| Files.FolderSize Calculate sizes of folder. | 6.2 |
| Files.GetComment Queries Finder's file comment. | 6.2 |
| Files.GetFinderLabel Queries the label of the file or folder. | 6.2 |
| Files.GetNodeID Queries the NodeID fo the file or folder. | 3.1 |
| Files.GetPathFromNodeID Finds the file or folder for the given NodeID on the given volume. | 3.1 |
| Files.GetPosixPermissions Queries posix file permissions. | 4.3 |
| Files.GetTagNames Queries names of the tags assigned to the file/folder. | 3.5 |
| Files.IsHidden Queries hidden state of a file or folder. | 7.1 |
| Files.ItemExists Checks whether a item exists with the given path. | 2.7 |
| Files.Launch Launches the file. | 2.7 |
| Files.LaunchFile Launches the file. | 2.7 |
| Files.List Queries list of file names in folder. | 2.8 |
| Files.ListRecursive Queries list of paths in folder. | 4.1 |
| Files.ListVolumes Lists mounted volumes. | 6.5 |
| Files.ModificationDate Queries the modification date of the file or folder. | 2.9 |
| Files.Mount Mounts a network share. | 5.1 |
| Files.MountPath Queries mount path for a volume. | 8.3 |
| Files.MoveFile Moves a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.MoveToTrash Deletes an item by moving it to trash without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.ReadFile Reads a file with the given path. | 3.5 |
| Files.ReadJPEG Reads a JPEG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.ReadPDF Reads a PDF file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.ReadPNG Reads a PNG file from the file system. | 4.3 |
| Files.RenameFile Renames a file or folder without user interface. | 2.8 |
| Files.ResolveAlias Resolves an alias file. | 8.4 |
| Files.ResolveBookmark Resolves a bookmark. | 3.1 |
| Files.RevealFile Reveals the file/folder in the shell. | 2.7 |
| Files.SetComment Sets the file comment. | 6.2 |
| Files.SetCreationDate Sets the file creation date. | 7.2 |
| Files.SetFinderLabel Sets the Finder label. | 6.2 |
| Files.SetHidden Sets the hidden state of a file or folder. | 7.1 |
| Files.SetModificationDate Sets the file modification date. | 7.2 |
| Files.SetPosixPermissions Sets posix file permissions. | 4.3 |
| Files.SetTagNames Sets the tags for a file/folder. | 3.5 |
| Files.Unmount Unmount a volume. | 5.1 |
| Files.WriteFile Writes a file with the given data. | 3.5 |
| Folders.Applications Queries path to applications folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.LocalFonts Queries path to local font folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.LocalPreferences Queries path to local preferences folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SharedDocuments Queries path to shared documents folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.System Queries system folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SystemFonts Queries path to system font folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.SystemTemporary Queries temporary folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDesktop Queries path to user's desktop folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDocuments Queries path to user's document folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserDownloads Queries location of user's downloads folder. | 6.2 |
| Folders.UserFonts Queries path to user's font folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserHome Queries path to user’s home folder. | 7.3 |
| Folders.UserMusic Queries path to user's music folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserPictures Queries path to user’s picture folder. | 7.2 |
| Folders.UserPreferences Queries path to user's preferences folder. | 4.3 |
| Folders.UserTemporary Queries temporary folder. | 6.2 |
| Folders.UserTrash Queries trash folder location for current user. | 5.1 |
| Folders.UserVideo Queries path to user's video folder. | 4.3 |
| Font.Activate Activates a font inside app or whole computer. | 2.6 |
| Font.CalculateTextFits Queries how many characters would fit in a space. | 8.4 |
| Font.CalculateTextHeight Calculates height of text. | 8.4 |
| Font.CalculateTextWidth Calculates width of text. | 6.5 |
| Font.Deactivate Deactivates a font inside app or whole computer. | 2.6 |
| FontManager.FontFile Queries the native file path to a font file. | 6.2 |
| FontManager.ListFontFamilies Queries a list of font families. | 5.1 |
| FontManager.ListFonts Queries list of all fonts or list of fonts of a family. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.AdaptiveThreshold Local adaptive threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddNoise Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddNoiseChannel Add noise to image with specified noise type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AddPathArcAbs Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathArcRel Draw a single arc segment. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathClosePath Close the current subpath by drawing a straight line from the current point to current subpath's most recent starting point (usually, the most recent moveto point). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoAbs Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalAbs Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoHorizontalRel Draws a horizontal line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (x, cpy). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoRel Draw to a single point. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalAbs Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathLinetoVerticalRel Draws a vertical line from the current point (cpx, cpy) to (cpx, y). | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoAbs Simple moveto with absolute coordinate. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathMovetoRel Simple moveto with relative coordinate. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoAbs Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathQuadraticCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoAbs Adds a smooth curve to path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothCurvetoRel Draw a single curve. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoAbs Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.AddPathSmoothQuadraticCurvetoRel Adds smooth quadratic curve to relative point to current path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Affine Applies an affine transformation. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Annotate Annotate image (draw text on image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.AveragePixelValue Calculates the average pixel value. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.BaseColumns Returns the base image width (before transformations). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BaseFilename Returns the Base image filename (before transformations) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BaseRows Returns the base image height (before transformations) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Blur Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BlurChannel Blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Border Border image (add border to image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.BoundingBox Returns smallest bounding box enclosing non-border pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Channel Extract channel from image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Charcoal Charcoal effect image (looks like charcoal sketch). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Chop Chop image (remove vertical or horizontal subregion of image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ClipMask Associate a clip mask with the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ClipPath Select a drawing clip path matching name. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Coders Lists all coders as JSON. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.Colorize Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ColorizeRGB Colorize image with pen color, using specified percent opacity for red, green, and blue quantums. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Columns Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Compare Compares current image with another image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Composite Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CompositeXY Compose an image onto another at specified offset and using specified algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Contrast Contrast image (enhance intensity differences in image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Copy Creates a copy of the picture. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CopyChannel Copies one channel from one image into channel of other image. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.Crop Crop image (subregion of original image). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.CycleColormap Cycle image colormap. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Despeckle Despeckle image (reduce speckle noise). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Destroy Releases the image from memory. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.DestroyAll Destroys all images. | 7.0 |
| GMImage.Directory Returns the directory string. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.DrawArc Draws an arc. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawCircle Draws a circle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawEllipse Draw an ellipse. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawLine Draws a line. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawPath Draw on image using vector path. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.DrawRectangle Draws a rectangle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.DrawRoundRectangle Draw a rounded rectangle. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.Edge Edge image (hilight edges in image) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Emboss Emboss image (hilight edges with 3D effect). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Enhance Enhance image (minimize noise) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Equalize Equalize image (histogram equalization) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Erase Erase image to current "background color" | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FillPattern Sets the pattern to use while filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FindColorInColumn Locates first pixel in the column with given color. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.FindColorInRow Locates first pixel in the row with given color. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Flip Flip image (reflect each scanline in the vertical direction) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillColor Flood-fill color across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillColorXY Flood-fill color across pixels starting at target-pixel and stopping at pixels matching specified border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillOpacity Floodfill pixels matching color (within fuzz factor) of target pixel(x,y) with replacement opacity value using method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillTexture Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FloodFillTextureXY Flood-fill texture across pixels. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Flop Flop image (reflect each scanline in the horizontal direction) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.FontTypeMetrics Queries space needed for text. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.Format Long image format description. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Frame Frame image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Gamma Gamma correct image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GaussianBlur Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GaussianBlurChannel Gaussian blur image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Geometry Preferred size of the image when encoding. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAdjoin Get adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAnimationDelay Queries the animation delay. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAnimationIterations Queries the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAntiAlias Returns whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetAttribute Query a named attribute. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundColor Queries the Image background color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBackgroundTexture Queries the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBorderColor Queries the Image border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetBoxColor Queries the Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetChannelDepth Obtain modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetClassType Queries the Image class (DirectClass or PseudoClass) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetClipMask Queries clip mask image. | 7.3 |
| GMImage.GetColorFuzz Queries the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorMapSize Queries the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetColorSpace Queries the Image Color Space | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetComment Queries the comment. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetCompose Queries the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetCompressType Queries the compression type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDebug Queries whether printing of debug messages from ImageMagick is enabled. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDefineSet Queries a define value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDefineValue Queries a value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDensity Queries the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetDepth Queries the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetEXIFOrientation Queries orientation from EXIF. | 6.5 |
| GMImage.GetEndian Queries the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFileName Queries the Image file name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFileSize Returns the number of bytes of the image on disk | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFillColor Queries the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFillRule Queries the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFilterType Queries the Filter to use when resizing image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFont Queries the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetFontPointsize Queries the Font point size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetGamma Gamma level of the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetGifDisposeMethod Queries the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetHeight Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetICCColorProfile Queries the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIPTCProfile Queries the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIPTCProfileValues Queries list with all IPTC values found. | 6.2 |
| GMImage.GetInterlaceType Queries the interlace type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetIsValid Does object contain valid image? | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsBase64 Returns the picture in JPEG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetJPEGAsHex Returns the picture in JPEG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetLabel Queries the image label. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetLineWidth Queries the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMagick Queries the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMatte Queries the image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMatteColor Queries the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetModulusDepth Queries the image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetMonochrome Queries the monochrome flag. Transform image to black and white | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetOrientation Queries the image orientation. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsBase64 Returns the picture in PNG format as a base64 encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetPNGAsHex Returns the picture in PNG format as a hex encoded string. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.GetPage Queries the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetPixelColor get pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetProfile Retrieve a named profile from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuality Queries the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColorSpace Gets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeColors Queries the Maximum number of colors to quantize to. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeDither Queries whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetQuantizeTreeDepth Queries the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetRenderingIntent Queries the type of rendering intent. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetResolutionUnits Queries which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetScene Gets the image scene number | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSize Queries the Width and height of a raw image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeAntiAlias Whether stroke anti-aliasing is enabled. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeColor Queries the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashArray Queries the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeDashOffset Gets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeMiterLimit Gets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetStrokeWidth Gets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSubImage Queries which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetSubRange Gets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetTextEncoding Queries the text encoding. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetTileName Queries the Tile name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetType Image representation type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetVerbose Queries whether to print detailed information about the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetView Queries the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetWidth Returns the Image width. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.GetXMP Query XMP data. | 6.3 |
| GMImage.GetcolorMap Queries an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ImageCount Queries number of open images. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Implode Implode image (special effect). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.InvertChannel Inverts an image. | 8.4 |
| GMImage.IsGray Checks wether all pixels are gray. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.Level Level image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.LevelChannel Level image channel. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.List Lists all IDs of images in memory. | 8.1 |
| GMImage.Magnify Magnify image by integral size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Map Remap image colors with closest color from reference image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MatteFloodfill Floodfill designated area with replacement opacity value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MeanErrorPerPixel The mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MedianFilter Filter image by replacing each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Minify Reduce image by integral size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Modulate Modulate percent hue, saturation, and brightness of an image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MontageGeometry Tile size and offset within an image montage. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MotionBlur Motion blur image with specified blur factor. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.MultiplyChannel Multiplies all values in a channel. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.Negate Negate colors in image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.New Construct a blank image canvas of specified size and color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromBase64 Loads a picture from base64 encoded data. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromFile Loads a picture file. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NewFromHex Loads a picture from hex encoded data. | 3.0 |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromContainer Loads a picture from the given container. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.NewImagesFromFile Loads a picture file with several files. | 5.1 |
| GMImage.Normalize Normalize image (increase contrast by normalizing the pixel values to span the full range of color values) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NormalizedMaxError The normalized max error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.NormalizedMeanError The normalized mean error per pixel computed when an image is color reduced. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.OilPaint Oilpaint image (image looks like oil painting) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Opacity Set or attenuate the opacity channel in the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Opaque Change color of opaque pixel to specified pen color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.PopClipPath Pop (terminate) clip path definition started by GMImage.PushClipPath. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.PurgeTemporaryFiles Asks GraphicsMagick to purge all temp files. | 5.0 |
| GMImage.PushClipPath Push (create) clip path definition with new name. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Quantize Quantize image (reduce number of colors). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.QuantumDepth Queries quantum depth of GraphicsMagick. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.Raise Raise image (lighten or darken the edges of an image to give a 3-D raised or lowered effect) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.RandomThreshold Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.RandomThresholdChannel Random threshold image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Read Read single image frame into current object. | 8.3 |
| GMImage.ReduceNoise Reduce noise in image using a noise peak elimination filter. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.ReplaceColor Replaces a color with another color value for the whole image. | 4.3 |
| GMImage.Roll Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rollxy Roll image (rolls image vertically and horizontally) by specified number of columnms and rows) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rotate Rotate image by specified number of degrees. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Rotating Set rotation to use when drawing. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Rows Returns the image height. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Sample Resize image by using pixel sampling algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Scale Resize image by using simple ratio algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Scaling Apply scaling in x and y direction while drawing objects. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Segment Segments the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAdjoin Set adjoin value. Join images into a single multi-image file | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAnimationDelay Sets the animation delay. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAnimationIterations Sets the Number of iterations to loop an animation (e.g. Netscape loop extension) for. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAntiAlias Sets whether to Anti-alias Postscript and TrueType fonts (default true) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetAttribute Set a named attribute. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundColor Sets the Image background color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBackgroundTexture Sets the Name of texture image to tile onto the image background | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBorderColor Sets the Image border color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetBoxColor Text bounding-box base color (default none). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCacheThreshold Sets the Pixel cache threshold in megabytes. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetClassType Sets the Image class (DirectClass=1 or PseudoClass=2) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorFuzz Sets the color fuzz. Colors within this distance are considered equal. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorMapSize Sets the Colormap size (number of colormap entries) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetColorSpace Sets the Image Color Space. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetComment Sets the image comment. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCompose Sets the Composition operator to be used when composition is implicitly used (such as for image flattening). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetCompressType Sets the compression type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDebug Enables printing of debug messages from ImageMagick | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDefineSet Sets a define value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDefineValue Sets a value. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDensity Sets the Vertical and horizontal resolution in pixels of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetDepth Sets the Image depth (bits allocated to red/green/blue components) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetEXIFOrientation Sets orientation for EXIF. | 6.5 |
| GMImage.SetEndian Sets the Endianness (little like Intel or big like SPARC) for image formats which support endian-specific options. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFileName Sets the Image file name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFillColor Sets the Color to use when filling drawn objects. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFillRule Sets the rule to use when filling drawn objects | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFilterType Sets the Filter to use when resizing image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFont Sets the Text rendering font. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetFontPointsize Sets the font point size. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetGifDisposeMethod Sets the GIF disposal method. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetICCColorProfile Sets the ICC color profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetIPTCProfile Sets the IPTC profile. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetInterlaceType Sets the interlace type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetIsValid Sets whether the object contain a valid image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLabel Sets the image label. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetLineWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMagick Sets the File type magick identifier (.e.g "GIF") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMatte Sets whether image supports transparency (matte channel) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMatteColor Sets the Transparent color. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetModulusDepth Sets the Image modulus depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetMonochrome If set, transform image to black and white. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetOrientation Sets the image orientation. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetPage Sets the Preferred size and location of an image canvas. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetPixelColor set pixel color at location x & y. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetProfile Add or remove a named profile to/from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuality Sets the JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level (default 75). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColorSpace Sets the Colorspace to quantize in. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeColors Sets the Maximum number of colors to quantize to | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeDither Sets whether to dither image during quantization (default true). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetQuantizeTreeDepth Sets the Quantization tree-depth. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetRenderingIntent Sets the type of rendering intent | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetResolutionUnits Sets which units are used for image resolution. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetScene Sets the image scene number | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSize Sets the Width and height of a raw image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeAntiAlias Enables/disables stroke anti-aliasing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeColor Sets the Color to use when drawing object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashArray Specify the pattern of dashes and gaps used to stroke paths. | 4.2 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeDashOffset Sets the stroke dash offset. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineCap Specify the shape to be used at the end of open subpaths when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeLineJoin Specify the shape to be used at the corners of paths (or other vector shapes) when they are stroked. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeMiterLimit Sets the miter limit. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetStrokeWidth Sets the Stroke width for drawing vector objects (default one) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSubImage Selects which image of an image sequence is currently used. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetSubRange Sets the Number of images relative to the base image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetTextEncoding Sets the Annotation text encoding (e.g. "UTF-16") | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetTileName Sets the Tile name. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetType Sets the Image representation type. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetVerbose Sets whether to print detailed information about the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetView Sets the FlashPix viewing parameters. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetXMP Sets the XMP data. | 6.3 |
| GMImage.SetchannelDepth Set modulus channel depth | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SetcolorMap Sets an entry in the color map. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shade Shade image using distant light source. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Sharpen Sharpen pixels in image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SharpenChannel Sharpen pixels in image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shave Shave pixels from image edges. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Shear Shear image (create parallelogram by sliding image by X or Y axis). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Signature Image signature. Set force to 1 in order to re-calculate the signature regardless of whether the image data has been modified. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.SkewX Apply Skew in X direction. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.SkewY Apply Skew in Y direction. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Solarize Solarize image (similar to effect seen when exposing a photographic film to light during the development process). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Spread Spread pixels randomly within image by specified ammount. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Stegano Add a digital watermark to the image (based on second image) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Stereo Create an image which appears in stereo when viewed with red-blue glasses (Red image on left, blue on right) | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Strip Remove all profiles and text attributes from the image. | 3.5 |
| GMImage.StrokePattern Sets the pattern image to use while stroking object outlines. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Swirl Swirl image (image pixels are rotated by degrees). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Texture Channel a texture on image background. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Threshold Threshold image channels (below threshold becomes black, above threshold becomes white). | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TotalColors Number of colors in the image | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Transform Transform image based on image and crop geometries. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformOrigin Origin of coordinate system to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformReset Reset transformation parameters to default. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformRotation Rotation to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformScale Scale to use when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformSkewX Skew to use in X axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.TransformSkewY Skew to use in Y axis when annotating with text or drawing. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Translation Apply coordinate translation. | 4.1 |
| GMImage.Transparent Add matte image to image, setting pixels matching color to transparent | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Trim Trim edges that are the background color from the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Unsharpmask Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.UnsharpmaskChannel Replace image with a sharpened version of the original image using the unsharp mask algorithm. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Wave Map image pixels to a sine wave: | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteImages Writes several images to disk. | 3.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToBMPContainer Writes the picture in BMP format to a container object which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToFile Write single image frame to a file. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToGIFContainer Writes the picture in GIF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToJPEGContainer Writes the picture in JPEG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToPDFContainer Writes the picture in PDF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 7.4 |
| GMImage.WriteToPNGContainer Writes the picture in PNG format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.WriteToTiffContainer Writes the picture in TIFF format to a container value which you can store in a container field. | 4.4 |
| GMImage.XResolution Returns the x resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.YResolution Returns the y resolution of the image. | 2.0 |
| GMImage.Zoom Zoom image to specified size. | 2.0 |
| GZipFile.Compress Compresses a file. | 4.2 |
| GZipFile.Decompress Decompresses a file. | 4.2 |
| GetSystemUIMode Queries the current system UI mode. See the SetSystemUIMode function for details on the possible values. | 2.1 |
| GetSystemUIModeOptions Queries the current system UI mode options. See the SetSystemUIMode function for details on the possible values. | 2.1 |
| Hash.CRC32 Calculates 32bit CRC value. | 8.3 |
| Hash.Digest Calculates a hash of a value. | 4.1 |
| Hash.MD5 Calculated MD5 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
| Hash.MD5.HMAC Returns the a MD5 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
| Hash.PBKDF2.HMAC Returns the PBKDF2 hash value of the data, first applying the salt value and using the specified hashAlgorithm. | 3.3 |
| Hash.RandomHexString Creates a random hex string. | 3.3 |
| Hash.RandomString Creates a random string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA1 Calculated SHA-1 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA1.HMAC Returns the a SHA1 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA256 Calculated SHA-256 hash of given text. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA256.HMAC Returns the a SHA256 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 3.1 |
| Hash.SHA512 Calculated SHA-512 hash of given text. | 2.7 |
| Hash.SHA512.HMAC Returns the a SHA512 HMAC based on the key and the data string. | 4.0 |
| HotKey.GetEnabled Queries the enabled state. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when hotkey is pressed. | 6.1 |
| HotKey.GetIgnoreOnModal Queries state for modal dialogs. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.GetKeyCode Returns the key code given at registration. | 5.2 |
| HotKey.GetKeyUp Queries whether to trigger script both on key down and key up. | 7.1 |
| HotKey.GetLocal Queries the local flag. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.GetModifiers Returns the modifiers given at registration. | 5.2 |
| HotKey.GetName Queries the name defined for this hotkey. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.GetScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in case of event. | 5.0 |
| HotKey.GetScriptName Queries name of script to call in case of event. | 5.0 |
| HotKey.GetTag Queries the tag defined for this hotkey. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.List Lists all hotkeys. | 5.2 |
| HotKey.Register Registers a global hot key based on the virtual key code and modifiers. | 5.0 |
| HotKey.SetEnabled Sets the enabled state. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when hotkey is pressed. | 6.1 |
| HotKey.SetIgnoreOnModal Sets state for modal dialogs. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.SetKeyUp Whether to trigger script both on key down and key up. | 7.1 |
| HotKey.SetLocal Sets the local flag. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.SetName Sets the name of a hotkey. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.SetScript Sets which script to call if hotkey is pressed. | 5.0 |
| HotKey.SetTag Sets the tag of a hotkey. | 5.4 |
| HotKey.Unregister Unregisters a hotkey and frees resources. | 5.0 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Close Closes the window. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetCancelButtonLabel Queries the caption of the cancel button. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysLocalCameras Queries whether to include local cameras in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysLocalScanners Queries whether to include local scanners in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysNetworkCameras Queries whether to include network cameras in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetDisplaysNetworkScanners Queries whether to include network scanners in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetHeight Queries height of dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetMode Queries display mode. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetPrompt Queries the current prompt text. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetSelectButtonLabel Queries the caption of the select button. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetWidth Queries the width of the dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Hide Hides the window. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Reset Resets options to default. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SelectedDeviceID Queries ID of selected device. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SelectedDeviceName Queries name of selected device. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetCancelButtonLabel Sets the caption of the cancel button. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysLocalCameras Sets whether to include local cameras in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysLocalScanners Sets whether to include local scanners in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysNetworkCameras Sets whether to include network cameras in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetDisplaysNetworkScanners Sets whether to include network scanners in list. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetHeight Sets the height of the dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetMode Sets the display mode. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetPrompt Sets prompt text. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetSelectButtonLabel Sets the caption of the select button. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetTrigger Sets the script trigger to notify on events. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetWidth Sets the width of the window. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.SetWindowTitle Sets window title. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Show Shows the window. | 6.5 |
| IKDeviceBrowserPanel.Visible Queries whether window is visible. | 6.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.ClearNotification Clears the script to be called. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsEditing Queries whether image editing is allowed. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsFileChoosing Queries whether image files can be chosen. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetAllowsVideoCapture Queries whether video capture is allowed. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetInformationalText Queries informational text. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetInputImage Return the original PictureTaker's input-image. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetMirroring Queries video mirroring status. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImage Return the edited image. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImageMaxHeight Queries the maximum allowed image height. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetOutputImageMaxWidth Queries the maximum allowed image width. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetRemainOpenAfterValidate Queries whether the picture taker should remain open after the user selects done. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowAddressBookPicture Queries whether addressbook pictures are shown. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowEffects Queries wether to show effects. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowEmptyPicture Queries the image to be shown for empty picture. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetShowRecentPicture Queries whether to show recent pictures. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.GetUpdateRecentPicture Queries whether to allow a recent picture to be updated. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.Run Launch the PictureTaker. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsEditing Sets whether image editing is allowed. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsFileChoosing Sets whether image files can be chosen. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetAllowsVideoCapture Sets whether video capture is allowed. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetInformationalText Sets informational text. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetInputImage Set the image input for the PictureTaker. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetMirroring Controls whether the receiver enable/disable video mirroring durring snapshots (default is on). | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetNotification Installs a notification script. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetOutputImageMaxSize Sets maximum size of the output image. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetRemainOpenAfterValidate Sets whether the picture taker should remain open after the user selects done. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowAddressBookPicture Sets whether address book pictures are shown. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowEffects Sets wether to show effects. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowEmptyPicture Sets the image to be shown for empty picture. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetShowRecentPicture Sets whether to show recent pictures. | 3.5 |
| IKPictureTaker.SetUpdateRecentPicture Sets whether to allow a recent picture to be updated. | 3.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.ClearImage Clears all images. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Close Closes the window. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetCombine Queries the combine flag. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetDocumentName Queries the document name. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetDownloadsDirectory Queries download folder. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetHeight Queries height of dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetMode Queries mode of the scanner interface. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetOverviewControlLabel Queries the label for the 'Overview' control. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScanControlLabel Queries the label for the 'Scan' control. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScannerDeviceID Queries ID of current scanner device. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetScannerDeviceName Queries name of current scanner device. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetWidth Queries the width of the dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Hide Hides the window. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.ImageCount Queries number of images in queue. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.NextImage Queries path of next image. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Reset Resets options to default. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetCloseTrigger Sets a close trigger. | 8.1 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetCombine Sets the combine flag. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetDocumentName Set the document name. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetDownloadsDirectory Sets the download directory. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetHeight Sets the height of the dialog. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetMode Sets mode of the scanner interface. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetOverviewControlLabel Sets the label for the 'Overview' control. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScanControlLabel Sets the label for the 'Scan' control. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScannerDeviceID Selects scanner by ID. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetScannerDeviceName Selects scanner by name. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetTrigger Sets the trigger to notify when new picture arrives. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetWidth Sets the width of the window. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.SetWindowTitle Sets window title. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Show Shows the window. | 6.5 |
| IKScannerDevicePanel.Visible Queries whether window is visible. | 6.5 |
| IKSlideShow.Add Adds a slide. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.AddImage Adds a slide. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.AddPDF Adds a slide. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.AddPath Adds a slide. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.AddURL Adds a slide. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.Clear Clears the list of slides. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.Count Returns number of items. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.GetAudioFile Queries the audio file path. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.GetMode Queries the mode for slideshow. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplayBox Queries the current PDF display box. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplayMode Queries the current PDF display mode. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.GetPDFDisplaysAsBook Queries whether PDFs are displayed as book currently. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.GetScreen Queries screen index. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.GetStartIndex Queries the start index for the slide show. | 1.8 |
| IKSlideShow.GetStartPaused Queries whether the slide show should start paused. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.GetWrapAround Queries the current wrap around setting. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.ItemAtIndex Queries item at index. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.Run Runs the slide show with the current slide list and the current options. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetAudioFile Sets the audio file to play while doing slide show. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.SetMode Sets the mode for slideshow. | 3.1 |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplayBox Sets the PDF display box which should be used to display PDFs. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplayMode Sets the PDF display mode which should be used to display PDFs. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetPDFDisplaysAsBook Sets whether a PDF is displayed as book. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetScreen Sets the screen. | 6.4 |
| IKSlideShow.SetStartIndex Sets the start index for the slide show. | 1.8 |
| IKSlideShow.SetStartPaused Defines whether the slideshow starts paused or not. | 1.6 |
| IKSlideShow.SetWrapAround Specifies the new wrap around setting. | 1.6 |
| Icon.ClearIcon Clears the custom icon for the file or directory at the specified path. | 2.7 |
| Icon.GetIcon Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path. | 2.3 |
| Icon.GetIconWithQuickLook Queries the Finder icon for the file or folder with the given path. | 2.3 |
| Icon.SetIcon Sets the icon for the file or directory at the specified path. | 2.7 |
| ImageCapture.CameraInfo Queries a value of current camera. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.CloseDevice Requests to close a previously opened session on this device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.Contents Contents of the camera. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.DeviceInfo Queries information about device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.Devices Queries list of devices. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.DevicesJSON Queries list of devices as JSON. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.Download Downloads a file from device. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.Features Queries list of features. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.GetFeatureValue Queries scanner vendor feature value. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.GetFeatures Queries scanner vendor features with values as JSON. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.GetParameter Queries a parameter of current scanner functional unit. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.GetParameters Queries all parameter of current scanner functional unit as JSON. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.ImagePaths Queries list of image files. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.Initialize Initializes Image Capture engine. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.MediaFilenames Queries file names list. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.MediaFiles Queries all image, movie and audio files on the camera. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.OpenDevice Requests to open a session on the device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.PreferredDevice Returns UUID for preferred device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.RequestDeleteFiles Deletes files. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.RequestDisableTethering Disables tethering. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.RequestEnableTethering Enable tethering. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.RequestSyncClock Synchronizes camera clock. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.RequestTakePicture Capture a new image using the camera. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.SetFeatureValue Sets a vendor scanner feature value. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.SetParameter Sets a parameter for current scanner functional device. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.Thumbnail Queries thumbnail for a file if available. | 8.3 |
| ImageCapture.cancelScan Cancels current scan. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.requestOverviewScan Starts an overview scan on selectedFunctionalUnit. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.requestScan Starts a scan on selectedFunctionalUnit. | 6.4 |
| ImageCapture.requestSelectFunctionalUnit Requests the scanner device to select a functional unit. | 6.4 |
| ImageView.Clear Clears image. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithControl Creates a new image view on the given window covering the area of the given control. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithSize Creates a new image view inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.CreateWithWindow Creates a new image view which covers the whole window. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetHeight Queries current height of image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetLeft Queries current position of the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetTag Queries the tag string for this image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetToolTip Queries tooltip text. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetTop Queries current position of the drop area. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetVisible Queries current visibility state. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.GetWidth Queries current width of the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.Release Releases the image view and reclaims memory. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.ReleaseAll A convenience method to release all image views. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetFrame Sets a new frame for the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetImage Sets the image to be shown in the image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetTag Sets the tag string for this image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetToolTip Sets tooltip for image view. | 7.4 |
| ImageView.SetVisible Hides or shows the image view. | 7.4 |
| Is64bit Checks if platform is 64bit or 32bit. | 5.0 |
| IsClient Checks if plugin is running on a client. | 4.3 |
| IsError Checks whether last plugin function returned error. | 3.4 |
| IsIOS Whether we run on iOS. | 6.1 |
| IsIOSDevice Queries whether run on iOS device. | 8.0 |
| IsIOSSimulator Queries whether run on iOS simulator. | 8.0 |
| IsLinux Whether we run on Linux. | 6.1 |
| IsMacOSX Whether we run on Mac. | 6.1 |
| IsMobile Whether plugin runs on a mobile target. | 7.2 |
| IsRegistered Queries if plugin is registered with Complete key. | 3.0 |
| IsRuntime Checks if plugin is running on a runtime. | 4.3 |
| IsServer Checks if plugin is running on a server. | 4.3 |
| IsWindows Whether we run on Windows. | 6.1 |
| JSON.AddBooleanToObject Adds a boolean value to an array. | 6.0 |
| JSON.AddFalseToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean false value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddItemToArray Adds an item to an array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddItemToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddNullToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a null value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddNumberToArray Adds a number to an array. | 4.3 |
| JSON.AddNumberToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddStringToArray Adds a string to an array. | 4.3 |
| JSON.AddStringToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.AddTrueToObject Adds a new entry to the object with the given name and a boolean true value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.Clone Creates a clone of the json. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Colorize Formats a JSON string with color. | 8.2 |
| JSON.Compact Returns compact unformatted JSON for the given JSON text. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateArray Creates new array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateArrayRef Creates empty array reference. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateBool Creates boolean JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateBoolean Creates a boolean node with given value. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateDoubleArray Creates a new JSON with a double array with given values. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateFalse Creates a boolean node with false value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateIntegerArray Creates a new JSON with an integer array with given values. | 4.3 |
| JSON.CreateNull Creates a new NULL entry. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateNumber Creates a new JSON encoded number. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateObject Creates a new empty object node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateObjectRef Creates empty object reference. | 6.0 |
| JSON.CreateString Creates a string node with given text. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateStringArray Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 2.7 |
| JSON.CreateStringArrayWithList Creates a new JSON with a string array with given values. | 4.1 |
| JSON.CreateTrue Creates a boolean node with true value. | 2.7 |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromArray Deletes an item from an array. | 2.7 |
| JSON.DeleteItemFromObject Deletes item from an object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.Format Returns pretty printed JSON for the given JSON text. | 4.4 |
| JSON.GetArrayItem Queries entry from array with given index. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetArrayItemsAsList Queries a list of all array entries. | 4.2 |
| JSON.GetArrayPathItems Queries value from JSON path in array of objects. | 7.1 |
| JSON.GetArraySize Queries the number of array entries. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetDoubleValue Queries a floating point value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetIntegerValue Queries integer value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetObjectItem Queries named item from an object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTree Queries named item from an object tree. | 3.2 |
| JSON.GetObjectItemTreeRef Queries named item from an object tree. | 6.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectName Queries name of item in an object. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectNameList Queries names of items in an object. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetObjectSize Queries the number of object items. | 4.0 |
| JSON.GetPathItem Queries value from JSON path. | 6.1 |
| JSON.GetStringValue Queries string value of the JSON node. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetType Queries type of json object. | 2.7 |
| JSON.GetValue Queries the value of the json. | 6.1 |
| JSON.Import Imports JSON and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | 5.4 |
| JSON.Import.Work Performs import. | 5.4 |
| JSON.IsValid Checks if JSON text is valid. | 6.3 |
| JSON.Parse Parses JSON text and return reference number. | 6.0 |
| JSON.Release Frees a json reference number. | 6.0 |
| JSON.ReleaseAll Releases all JSON objects. | 6.0 |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInArray Replaces an item in an array with new item. | 4.3 |
| JSON.ReplaceItemInObject Replaces an item in an object with new item. | 4.3 |
| JSON.SetPathItem Sets a value in a JSON hierarchy. | 6.1 |
| JSON.ToHTML Converts JSON to HTML. | 8.2 |
| Java.CallObjectMethod Calls a method on an object. | 6.5 |
| Java.CallStaticMethod Calls a static method on a class. | 6.5 |
| Java.GetContainerFileName Query container file name to use. | 6.5 |
| Java.GetObjectField Queries a field on an object. | 6.5 |
| Java.GetStaticField Queries a static field on a class. | 6.5 |
| Java.Initialize Initializes JavaVM. | 6.5 |
| Java.Initialized Checks whether Java VM is initialized. | 6.5 |
| Java.NewClassObject Creates a new object and invokes constructor. | 6.5 |
| Java.ObjectClassName Queries name of class of an java object. | 6.5 |
| Java.Release Releases an object reference. | 6.5 |
| Java.ReleaseAll Releases all java objects. | 6.5 |
| Java.SetContainerFileName Sets the container file name to use for next containers. | 6.5 |
| Java.SetObjectField Sets a field on an object. | 6.5 |
| Java.SetStaticField Sets a static field on a class. | 6.5 |
| JavaScript.CheckScriptSyntax Checks script syntax. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.EvaluateScript Evaluate a string of JavaScript code. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.GetProperty Queries property value as text. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.HasProperty Checks if a property is defined. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.New Creates a new javascript context. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterEvaluateFunction Registers evaluate function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterFunction Registers a javascript function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterRunScriptFunction Registers a run script function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.RegisterSQLQueryFunction Registers a SQLQuery function. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.Release Releases a javascript context. | 5.4 |
| JavaScript.SetProperty Sets property value. | 5.4 |
| Keychain.AddPassword Adds a password to keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.DeletePassword Delete password from keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.ListAccounts Lists the accounts for a database. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.ListDatabases Lists databases in keychain. | 8.4 |
| Keychain.UpdatePassword Updates password in keychain. | 8.4 |
| LCMS.ProfileInfo Queries profile information for an ICC Profile. | 4.0 |
| LDAP.Add Adds an entry to a tree. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.AddJSON Adds an entry to a tree. | 8.0 |
| LDAP.AddList Adds an entry to a tree. | 6.4 |
| LDAP.AddRecord Adds an entry to a tree. | 7.0 |
| LDAP.Bind Authenticates a client to the LDAP server. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.Connect Initializes an LDAP connection. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.Delete Removes a leaf entry from the directory tree. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.GetNetworkTimeOut Queries network timeout value. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.GetProtocolVersion Queries protocol version for this connection. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.GetReferrals Queries the referrals option. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.GetTimeOut Queries timeout value. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.JSON Queries JSON structure of LDAP data. | 8.0 |
| LDAP.Modify Changes an existing entry. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.ModifyJSON Changes an existing entry. | 8.0 |
| LDAP.ModifyRecord Changes an existing entry. | 7.0 |
| LDAP.Release Releases the connection. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.Rename Changes the distinguished name of an entry in the directory. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.Search Performs a search. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeCount Queries number of attributes for an entry. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeName Returns the name of an attribute in an entry. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeNames Queries all names of attributes for an entry as a list. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValue Queries a value from search results. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValueCount Queries the number of values for an attribute. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValues Returns the values for an attribute in an entry. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.AttributeValuesByName Returns the values for an attribute in an entry. | 7.4 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.Count Queries number of entries in search results. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SearchResult.DistinguishedName Queries distinguished name for an entry in search results. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SetNetworkTimeOut Sets network timeout value. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SetProtocolVersion Set the protocol version to use. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SetReferrals Sets the referrals option. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SetTimeOut Sets timeout value. | 6.0 |
| LDAP.SimpleBind Authenticates a client to a server, using a plaintext password. | 6.0 |
| List.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | 7.1 |
| List.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
| List.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
| List.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
| List.CountValues Counts values in list. | 8.1 |
| List.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
| List.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | 6.3 |
| List.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
| List.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
| List.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.2 |
| List.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
| List.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 6.4 |
| List.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | 7.1 |
| List.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
| List.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
| List.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
| List.Or Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
| List.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| List.Remove Removes the value with the given index in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.2 |
| List.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | 4.2 |
| List.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| List.RemoveValue Removes a value from a quick list. | 7.1 |
| List.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
| List.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
| List.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | 7.1 |
| List.Sort Sorts the list. | 4.2 |
| List.SubList Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
| List.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
| List.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
| List.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
| ListDialog.AddItemToList Adds a line to the list. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.AddItemsToList Adds entries to the list. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.AddSQL Adds items via SQL statement. | 5.1 |
| ListDialog.ClearList Clears the list. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetAllowEmptySelection Queries whether empty selection is allowed. | 5.0 |
| ListDialog.GetAllowMultipleSelection Queries whether multiple selection is allowed. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetCancelButtonLabel Queries the caption of the cancel button. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetHeight Queries height of dialog. | 4.3 |
| ListDialog.GetPositionX Queries dialog position. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.GetPositionY Queries dialog position. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.GetPrompt Queries the current prompt text. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetSelectButtonLabel Queries the caption of the select button. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetSelectedTag Queries the selected tag. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetSelectedTitle Queries title of the selected item. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.GetWidth Queries the width of the dialog. | 4.3 |
| ListDialog.GetWindowTitle Queries the window title. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.ListCount Queries number of list entries. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.ListItem Queries the text displayed for the given index. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.ListTag Queries the tag for the given index. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetAllowEmptySelection Sets whether empty selection is allowed. | 5.0 |
| ListDialog.SetAllowMultipleSelection Sets whether multiple selection is allowed. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetCancelButtonLabel Sets the caption of the cancel button. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetHeight Sets the height of the dialog. | 4.3 |
| ListDialog.SetPosition Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.SetPositionX Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.SetPositionY Sets position for dialog. | 6.5 |
| ListDialog.SetPrompt Sets prompt text. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetSelectButtonLabel Sets the caption of the select button. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetSelectedTag Sets which item is selected. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetSelectedTitle Sets which item is selected. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.SetWidth Sets the width of the dialog. | 4.3 |
| ListDialog.SetWindowTitle Sets window title. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.ShowDialog Shows the dialog. | 4.2 |
| ListDialog.Sort Sorts entries. | 7.5 |
| Log Writes the given values to the debug console. | 2.2 |
| MarkDown.CSS Queries CSS for the markdown. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.Create Creates a new MarkDown convert object with given markdown code. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.HTML Queries html for the markdown. | 5.1 |
| MarkDown.Release Releases the mark down object. | 5.1 |
| Math.BitwiseAND Perform bitwise AND operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseNOT Perform bitwise not operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseOR Perform bitwise or operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseShiftLeft Perform bitwise shift left. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseShiftRight Perform bitwise shift right. | 4.1 |
| Math.BitwiseXOR Perform bitwise xor operation. | 4.1 |
| Math.DecToHex Converts a number to a hexadecimal number. | 2.5 |
| Math.DecodeNumber Decodes a number from it's binary representation. | 6.4 |
| Math.EncodeNumber Encodes a number as binary data as hex text. | 6.4 |
| Math.HexToDec Converts a hexadecimal number to a normal decimal number. | 2.5 |
| Math.InchToPixel Converts a inch value to pixel. | 3.4 |
| Math.InsidePolygon Checks if one point is inside a polygon. | 2.2 |
| Math.IsValidCC Verifies a credit card number. | 3.1 |
| Math.MillimeterToPixel Converts a millimeter value to pixel. | 3.4 |
| Math.NumberToText Converts a number value to a text string. | 2.9 |
| Math.PixelToInch Converts a pixel value to inch. | 3.4 |
| Math.PixelToMillimeter Converts a pixel value to millimeter. | 3.4 |
| Math.TextToNumber Converts a text to a number. | 2.9 |
| MatrixDongle.Count Returns the number of dongles available at the specified LPT or USB interface. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Find Searches for the dongle and returns the LPT/USB interface at which it was found. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.GetDriverFlag Reads the current USB operating mode of the dongle “HID-Mode” or “Driver-Mode”. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.GetVersionAPI Returns the version number of the Matrix API. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.GetVersionDRV Returns the version number of the LPT driver. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.GetVersionDRV.USB Returns the version number of the Matrix USB driver. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Initialize Initializes the matrix dongle API. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Initialized Checks if matrix dongle was initialized. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.MemorySize Returns the memory size of the dongle in Bytes. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Model Reads the model number of the hardware from the dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.ReadHex Reads the data from the Matrix-Dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.ReadSerialNumber Reads the unique serial number which is assigned to each Matrix-dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.ReadText Reads data as text from the Matrix-Dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Release Closes the Matrix dongle API and frees all memory used. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.SetDriverFlag Sets the dongle to the desired USB operating mode “HID-Mode” or “Driver-Mode”. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.Version Reads the version number of the dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.WriteHex Writes hex encoded text to the dongle. | 5.2 |
| MatrixDongle.WriteText Writes text to the dongle. | 5.2 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.getMediaLibraries Queries which media libraries are currently showing. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.getVisible Queries visible state of the browser panel. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setFrame Sets the panel rectangle. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setMediaLibraries Sets which media type is shown in browser. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.setVisible Sets visible state of the panel. | 3.5 |
| MediaLibraryBrowser.togglePanel Toggles the panel. | 3.5 |
| Menu.AddItem Adds a menu item to the end of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.AddItems Adds a couple of menu items. | 4.1 |
| Menu.CreateMenu Creates a menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.DefineQuickMenu Builds a new menu from a definition text with menu items. | 5.1 |
| Menu.DefineQuickMenuXML Defines a menu based on a xml description. | 5.2 |
| Menu.FindItemWithTag Finds a menu entry with given tag in a menu. | 5.1 |
| Menu.FindItemWithTitle Finds a menu entry with given title in a menu. | 5.1 |
| Menu.GetAllowsContextMenuPlugIns Returns whether the popup menu allows appending of contextual menu plugin items. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when menu is chosen. | 6.1 |
| Menu.GetMinimumWidth Returns the minimum width of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetScriptFileName Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetShowsStateColumn Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver displays the state column. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetTag Queries the tag value of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetTitle Queries the menu title. | 4.1 |
| Menu.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered for menu action. | 6.5 |
| Menu.InsertItem Inserts a menu item into the receiver at a specific location. | 4.1 |
| Menu.ItemAtIndex Queries the ID of the menu item with given index. | 5.0 |
| Menu.Items Queries the list of IDs for the menu items. | 5.0 |
| Menu.NumberOfItems Returns the number of menu items in the menu, including separator items. | 4.1 |
| Menu.PopUp Pops up the menu at the specified location. | 4.1 |
| Menu.Release Releases the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.ReleaseAll Releases all menus and menuitems. | 4.1 |
| Menu.RemoveAllItems Removes all the menu items in the receiver. | 4.1 |
| Menu.RemoveItem Removes a menu item from the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.RemoveItemAtIndex Removes the menu item at a specified location in the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SelectedItem Returns the reference number of the selected menu item. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetAllowsContextMenuPlugIns Sets whether the popup menu allows appending of contextual menu plugin items. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when menu is chosen. | 6.1 |
| Menu.SetMinimumWidth Set the minimum width of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetScriptAction Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetShowsStateColumn Sets whether the receiver displays the state column. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetTag Sets the tag of the menu. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetTitle Sets the menu title. | 4.1 |
| Menu.SetURL Sets the URL to query when menu is used. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.CreateMenuItem Creates a new menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.CreateSeparator Creates a new separator menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetAlternate Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is an alternate to the previous menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetAttributedTitle Queries the title with styles. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetBold Queries if menu item should use bold font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetEnabled Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is enabled. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when menuitem is chosen. | 6.1 |
| MenuItem.GetFontColor Queries font color for menu item. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.GetFontName Queries font name to use. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetFontSize Queries font size to use for menu item. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetGroupID Queries the group id of the menu item. | 5.2 |
| MenuItem.GetHidden Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the menu item is hidden. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetImage Queries the image for this menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetItalic Queries if menu item should use italic font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetKeyEquivalent Returns the menuitem's unmodified keyboard equivalent. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetKeyEquivalentModifierMask Returns the receiver's keyboard equivalent modifier mask. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetMixedStateImage Returns the image used to depict a mixed state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetOffStateImage Returns the image used to depict the receiver's off state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetOnStateImage Returns the image used to depict the receiver's on state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetParentItem Returns the menu item whose submenu contains the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetParentMenu Returns the menu containing the menu item. | 4.3 |
| MenuItem.GetPath Queries path of a menu item in a menu hierarchy. | 5.2 |
| MenuItem.GetRequireCommand Queries if this meantime only shows if command key is pressed. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetRequireControl Queries if this meantime only shows if control key is pressed. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetRequireOption Queries if this meantime only shows if option/alt key is pressed. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetRequireShift Queries if this meantime only shows if shift key is pressed. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetScriptFileName Queries which file contains the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetScriptName Queries the script name of the script to be run if menu item is selected. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetSelectable Queries whether menu item is selectable. | 6.3 |
| MenuItem.GetState Returns the state of the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetStrikeOut Queries strikeout setting for menu item. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.GetSubMenu Returns the submenu associated with the receiving menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetTag Queries the tag value of the menu. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetTitle Queries title of menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetToolTip Returns the help tag for a menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered for menu item action. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.GetUnderline Queries if menu item should use underline font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.GetUserKeyEquivalent Returns the user-assigned key equivalent for the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.HasSubmenu Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver has a submenu. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.IsSeparatorItem Returns a Boolean value that indicates whether the receiver is a separator item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.Release Releases the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetAlternate Marks the receiver as an alternate to the previous menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetAttributedTitle Applies a formatted text to the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetBold Sets menu item to use bold font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetEnabled Sets whether the menu item is enabled. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when menuitem is chosen. | 6.1 |
| MenuItem.SetFontColor Sets the font color to use. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.SetFontName Sets the font name to use. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetFontSize Sets the font size to use. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetGroupID Sets the group id of the menu item. | 5.2 |
| MenuItem.SetHidden Sets whether the menu item is hidden. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetImage Sets the menu item image. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetItalic Sets menu item to use italic font style. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetKeyEquivalent Sets the receiver's unmodified key equivalent. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetKeyEquivalentModifierMask Sets the menu items's keyboard equivalent modifiers. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetMixedStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates a "mixed” state, that is, a state neither "on” nor "off.” | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetOffStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "off” state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetOnStateImage Sets the image of the receiver that indicates an "on” state. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetRequireCommand Set to show menu item only if command key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetRequireControl Set to show menu item only if control key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetRequireOption Set to show menu item only if alt/option key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetRequireShift Set to show menu item only if shift key is pressed down. | 5.1 |
| MenuItem.SetScriptAction Sets which script is called if a menu item in this menu is selected. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetSelectable Sets whether menu item is selectable. | 6.3 |
| MenuItem.SetState Sets the state of the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetStrikeOut Sets the strikeout value of the menu item. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.SetSubMenu Sets the submenu of the menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetTag Sets the tag of the menu. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetTitle Sets the menuitem's title. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetToolTip Sets a help tag for a menu item. | 4.1 |
| MenuItem.SetURL Sets the URL to query when menuitem is used. | 6.5 |
| MenuItem.SetUnderline Sets menu item to use underline font style. | 5.1 |
| Menubar.HasMenuCommand Checks whether menu command exists. | 5.0 |
| Menubar.IsMenuCommandChecked Checks if a menubar item is checked. | 6.3 |
| Menubar.ListMenuCommands Lists all menu commands. | 5.0 |
| Menubar.RemoveMenuCommand Removes a menu entry. | 6.2 |
| Menubar.RunMenuCommand Runs a menu command. | 5.0 |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandShortcut Sets the menu item shortcut. | 5.0 |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandTitle Sets the title of a menu item. | 6.1 |
| Menubar.SetMenuCommandVisible Show or hide a menu command. | 5.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.AttributesForFile Queries properties for a file. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Close Frees the metadata query. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Create Creates a new metadata search object. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.GetScriptName Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsGathering Query whether gathering. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStarted Query whether search is started. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.IsStopped Query whether search is stopped. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.PathAtIndex Queries path of an item in results. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Paths Queries file paths. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.QueryString Queries the query string. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultAtIndex Queries an item from result as JSON. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.ResultCount Queries number of found items. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.Results Queries results. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SearchScopes Queries the search scopes. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when initial gathering is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetQueryString Sets the predicate to search. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetScript Sets which script to call when initial gathering is done. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.SetSearchScopes Sets the search scopes. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.StartQuery Attempts to start the query. | 8.0 |
| MetaDataQuery.StopQuery Stops the receiver’s current query from gathering any further results. | 8.0 |
| Modbus.CalculateRTUMessageCRC Calculates the RTU Message CRC string. | 3.1 |
| MountNotification.Install Installs a script trigger to be called when a disk mounts/unmounts. | 5.0 |
| MountNotification.Uninstall Uninstalls notification for mount script trigger. | 5.0 |
| MouseCursor.Hide Hides the mouse cursor. | 7.5 |
| MouseCursor.HideUntilMouseMoves Hides mouse until user moves it. | 7.5 |
| MouseCursor.Set Sets the mouse cursor. | 2.6 |
| MouseCursor.Show Shows the mouse cursor. | 7.5 |
| MovieView.AreStepButtonsVisible Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.AreZoomButtonsVisible Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.CurrentFrameImage Returns an image for the frame at the current time in the movie. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.CurrentTime Queries position of the movie. | 4.0 |
| MovieView.Duration Queries duration of the movie. | 4.0 |
| MovieView.GotoBeginning Sets the current movie time to the beginning of the movie. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.GotoEnd Sets the current movie time to the end of the movie. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.GotoPosterFrame Sets the current movie time to the movie poster frame. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsBackButtonVisible Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsControllerVisible Returns an indication of whether the QTMovieView has been requested to display a built-in movie controller user interface. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsCustomButtonVisible Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsHotSpotButtonVisible Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsTranslateButtonVisible Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.IsVolumeButtonVisible Returns the current visibility state of the specified controller bar button. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.Movie Returns the movie assigned to this movie view. | 4.0 |
| MovieView.Pause Pauses the movie playing. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.PauseDelayed Pauses a video later. | 5.0 |
| MovieView.Play Starts the movie playing at its current location. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetBackButtonVisible Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetControllerVisible Sets the visibility state of the movie controller bar in a QTMovieView. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetCurrentTime Sets position of the movie. | 5.0 |
| MovieView.SetCustomButtonVisible Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetHotSpotButtonVisible Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetStepButtonsVisible Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetTranslateButtonVisible Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetVolumeButtonVisible Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.SetZoomButtonsVisible Sets the specified controller bar button to be visible or invisible, according to the state parameter. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.StepBackward Steps the movie backward one frame. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.StepForward Steps the movie forward one frame. | 3.0 |
| MovieView.Valid Checks if the container is a movie view. | 3.0 |
| Msgbox A simple method to show a dialog box with one text. | 2.2 |
| NSEventFilter.DisableEvents Disable some events. | 2.9 |
| NSEventFilter.EnableAllEvents Enables all events. | 2.9 |
| NSEventFilter.EnableEvents Enable some events which had been disabled before. | 2.9 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Count Queries number of network interfaces found. | 4.3 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Default Queries default network interface. | 5.2 |
| NetworkInterfaces.JSON Returns all network interfaces as JSON. | 8.4 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Update Queries current network interfaces. | 4.3 |
| NetworkInterfaces.Value Queries the | 4.3 |
| Notification.List Returns list of all notification names registered. | 3.3 |
| Notification.Listen Starts listening for a notification. | 2.6 |
| Notification.Send Sends a notification. | 2.6 |
| Notification.SendDirect Sends a notification within FileMaker to all listener. | 5.2 |
| Notification.Unlisten Unregisters a notification handler. | 3.3 |
| Notification.UnlistenAll Stops listening to all notifications. | 7.2 |
| OCR.Cleanup Shutdown the engine and free all memory. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Clear Free up recognition results and any stored image data, without actually freeing any recognition data that would be time-consuming to reload. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetBoxText The recognized text is returned as a text which is coded in the same format as a box file used in training. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetHOCRText Make a HTML-formatted string with hOCR markup from the internal data structures. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetPageSegMode Queries page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetText Returns recognized text. | 2.9 |
| OCR.GetTextWithCoordinates Queries text with coordinates. | 6.5 |
| OCR.GetVariable Queries a variable. | 7.5 |
| OCR.Initialize Initializes tesseract. | 2.9 |
| OCR.IsInitialized Checks if OCR library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| OCR.Language Return the language used in the last valid initialization. | 2.9 |
| OCR.MeanTextConf Returns the (average) confidence value between 0 and 100. | 2.9 |
| OCR.Recognize Recognize the image. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetImage Provide an image for Tesseract to recognize. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetPageSegMode Sets page segmentation mode. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetRectangle Restrict recognition to a sub-rectangle of the image. | 2.9 |
| OCR.SetResolution Set the resolution of the source image in pixels per inch. | 5.1 |
| OCR.SetVariable Sets a variable. | 7.5 |
| OCR.WriteToPDF Writes text on the PDF. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.AddEmptyPage Adds an empty page to the given PDF document. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.AddImageFilePage Adds a new page to PDF document with given image file. | 7.2 |
| PDFKit.AddImagePage Adds a new page to PDF document with given image. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.AppendPages Copies pages from one PDF to append other PDF. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.Combine Creates a new PDF file with all the given PDF files/references. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.CombineRef Creates a new PDF document with all the given PDF files/references and returns the new PDF reference. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GeneratePreview Adds preview to an existing PDF container. | 7.5 |
| PDFKit.GetCurrentFilter Queries name of current selected filter. | 4.3 |
| PDFKit.GetIgnoreCombineErrors Returns status of Combine Error handling. | 2.4 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFAttribute Queries a PDF attribute. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFDocument Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF document. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageCount Queries the number of the pages in the PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation Gets whether annotations are drawn. | 6.0 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageFormattedText Queries the styled text of a page in a PDF document. | 2.7 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageImage Renders an image of a page in a PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDF Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagePDFRef Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF page. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageRotation Returns the page rotation angle in degrees. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageText Queries the text of a page in a PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPageValue Queries a page property. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDF Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFPagesPDFRef Creates a new PDF Document with the given PDF pages. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.GetPDFText Queries the text of the PDF document. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.GetPrintSetting Queries print settings for printing PDF. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.NewPDFDocument Creates a new empty PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | 5.0 |
| PDFKit.Open Opens a PDF and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.2 |
| PDFKit.OpenContainer Opens a PDF from container value and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.OpenPath Opens a PDF from a file path and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.OpenURL Opens a PDF from an URL and returns a PDF Reference value. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.PageBounds Returns the bounds for the specified PDF display box. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.Print Prints a PDF without dialogs. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.Release Releases a PDF reference. | 2.1 |
| PDFKit.ResetPrintSettings Resets print settings to default settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.RestorePrintSettings Restores print settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.SavePrintSettings Saves current print settings. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.SetCurrentFilter Sets the current filter. | 4.3 |
| PDFKit.SetIgnoreCombineErrors Sets whether Combine operation should report error if you did not pass PDF files or references. | 2.4 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFAttribute Sets a PDF attribute. | 2.3 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageDisplayAnnotation Sets whether annotations are drawn. | 6.0 |
| PDFKit.SetPDFPageRotation Sets the rotation angle for the page in degrees. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.SetPrintSetting Sets print settings for printing PDF. | 4.0 |
| PDFKit.Watermark Adds a watermark to a page. | 2.7 |
| PDFKit.WriteToPath Writes the PDF to the given file path. | 3.1 |
| PDFKit.allowsCopying Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows copying of content to the Pasteboard. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.allowsPrinting Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document allows printing. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.isEncrypted Returns a Boolean value specifying whether the document is encrypted. | 2.9 |
| PDFKit.isLocked Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the document is locked. | 2.9 |
| PHP.Execute Executes the specified php code and returns the text output. | 2.9 |
| PHP.ExistsVariable Checks if a variable exists. | 2.9 |
| PHP.GetResultContainer Returns the result of the last php script to run as container. | 6.4 |
| PHP.GetResultString Returns the result of the last php script to run. | 2.9 |
| PHP.GetVariable Returns the value of the variable. | 2.9 |
| PHP.Init Initializes PHP. | 2.9 |
| PHP.IsInitialized Queries whether PHP was initialized. | 7.3 |
| PHP.Load This function is used to indicate where PHP is installed on the computer. | 2.9 |
| PHP.Run Executes the specified php code. | 2.9 |
| PHP.SetVariable Declares the variables in inside of PHP. | 2.9 |
| PHP.ShutDown Stops php. | 2.9 |
| PKCS12.CA Queries certificate with given index. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.CACount Queries number of other certificates. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.Cert Queries the X509 certificate in the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.PKey Queries the private key from the PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReadFromContainer Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file in container. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.ReadFromFile Reads certificate and private key from a PKCS12 file. | 7.0 |
| PKCS12.Release Releases the PKCS12 from memory. | 7.0 |
| PKey.Bits Queries number of bits of key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.DescriptionPrivateKey Describes the private key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.DescriptionPublicKey Describes the public key. | 7.0 |
| PKey.GetPrivateKey Queries private key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
| PKey.GetPublicKey Queries public key as PEM file text. | 7.0 |
| PKey.Release Releases the private key from memory. | 7.0 |
| PKey.Type Queries the type of key. | 7.0 |
| Path.AddPathComponent Adds a new path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.FileMakerPathToNativePath Converts a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification to a native path. | 2.4 |
| Path.FilePathToFileURL Converts a file path to a local file URL. | 5.0 |
| Path.FileURLToFilePath Converts a file URL to a local file path. | 5.0 |
| Path.LastPathComponent Queries the last path component. | 6.0 |
| Path.NativePathToFileMakerPath Converts a native path to a FileMaker path useful for "filemac:" and "filewin:" path specification. | 2.4 |
| Path.RemoveLastPathComponent Removes last path component. | 6.0 |
| Platform Returns what platform the plugin is running on. | 3.0 |
| Plugin.BuildNumber Queries the build number of the plugin. | 5.0 |
| Plugin.DisableFunction Disables a plugin function. | 2.8 |
| Plugin.FunctionCount Queries number of functions available. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.Functions Returns a list of all the functions in the plugin. | 1.0 |
| Plugin.GetSuccessReturn Queries current OK return. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.LibSSHVersion Queries the SSH library version used. | 6.2 |
| Plugin.LicenseeName Queries licensee name. | 8.3 |
| Plugin.LimitFunction Limits a function. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.LockFunction Locks a function with a password. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.OpenSSLVersion Queries OpenSSL Version. | 6.2 |
| Plugin.PNGVersion Queries PNG version. | 7.3 |
| Plugin.Path Queries the native file path to the plugin. | 3.3 |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameter Queries script step parameter with given index. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.ScriptStepParameterCount Queries number of parameters to the current script step. | 7.2 |
| Plugin.Seats Queries the internal seats value. | 1.6 |
| Plugin.SetFunctions Sets the function list the plugin has. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.SetPreviewSize Sets which size plugin uses for preview images. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.SetSuccessReturn Sets what the plugin returns on success. | 5.1 |
| Plugin.UnlockFunction Unlocks a locked function. | 5.4 |
| Plugin.UsedFunctions Queries used functions. | 8.3 |
| Plugin.ZLibVersion Queries zlib version number. | 8.1 |
| Plugin.isDebug Checks whether this is debug version of MBS Plugin. | 7.1 |
| PortMidi.Abort Terminates outgoing messages immediately. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.CheckHostError Checks if there is a midi host error on the stream. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.Close Closes a midi stream, flushing any pending buffers. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.CurrentEvent Queries current event. | 7.1 |
| PortMidi.DeviceCount Queries number of devices found. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetChannelMask Queries current channel mask. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetDefaultInputDeviceID Return the default input device ID. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetDefaultOutputDeviceID Return the default output device ID. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceID Queries the ID of the device the stream is connected to. | 7.0 |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceInfo Return device information. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.GetDeviceName Queries the name of the device the stream is connected to. | 7.0 |
| PortMidi.GetFilter Queries current filter setting. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.OpenInput Opens an input device. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.OpenOutput Opens an output device. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.Poll Tests whether input is available. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.ReadMessage Reads one Midi message from the buffers. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.Rescan Terminates all streams and shutdown the midi functions. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SendMessage Sends a midi message. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SendMessageRaw Sends a raw message. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SendSysExHex Writes a timestamped system-exclusive midi message. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SetChannelMask Filters incoming messages based on channel. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.SetFilter Sets filters on an open input stream to drop selected input types. | 4.2 |
| PortMidi.TimeStamp Queries current time stamp. | 7.0 |
| Preferences.ClearRecentFiles Clears the recent files list. | 6.5 |
| Preferences.DeleteValue Deletes a preference value. | 6.0 |
| Preferences.GetTextSelectionWithDragAndDrop Queries the preference setting from FileMaker/Runtime about allowing text selection by drag and drop. | 2.8 |
| Preferences.GetValue Queries preferences value. | 2.7 |
| Preferences.HasValue Checks if a preference value is defined. | 6.0 |
| Preferences.SetTextSelectionWithDragAndDrop Set the preference setting from FileMaker/Runtime about allowing text selection by drag and drop. | 2.8 |
| Preferences.SetValue Sets preferences value. | 2.7 |
| PrintDialog.ClearOption Clears an option. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.ClearOptions Clears all options set. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.Disable Disables the print dialog extension. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.Enable Enables the print dialog extension. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetAllPages Queries whether to print all pages. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetConfiguration Queries configuration from last print. | 8.0 |
| PrintDialog.GetCopies Queries number of copies. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetDestinationPath Queries the destination path. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetDuplex Queries the duplex mode. | 4.1 |
| PrintDialog.GetFirstPage Queries first page. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetLastPage Queries last page. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetLastSettings Queries last settings from print dialog. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetNoDialog Queries whether dialog shows. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetOption Queries an option. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.GetPageNumberingOffset Queries page numbering offset. | 7.0 |
| PrintDialog.GetPaperName Queries printer name. | 5.0 |
| PrintDialog.GetPrintToPDF Queries whether printing is going to PDF file. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetPrinterName Queries printer name. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetReset Query whether to reset print settings. | 7.0 |
| PrintDialog.GetResetDestination Queries whether ResetDestination option is set. | 6.5 |
| PrintDialog.GetTray Queries tray name. | 6.1 |
| PrintDialog.Install Installs the extension for the printer dialog. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetAllPages Set whether to print all pages. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetConfiguration Sets a configuration to be used for next print. | 8.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetCopies Sets number of copies. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetDestinationPath Sets the destination path for PDF. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetDuplex Sets duplex mode for next printing. | 4.1 |
| PrintDialog.SetFirstPage Sets first page. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetLastPage Sets last page. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetNoDialog Sets whether dialog should show. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetOption Sets an option. | 6.2 |
| PrintDialog.SetPageNumberingOffset Sets page numbering offset to use. | 7.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetPaperName Sets paper name. | 5.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetPrintToPDF Sets whether plugin will redirect print to PDF. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetPrintType Sets what FileMaker will print. | 5.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetPrinterName Sets printer name. | 3.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetReset Sets whether to reset print settings. | 7.0 |
| PrintDialog.SetResetDestination Sets whether to fix destination. | 6.5 |
| PrintDialog.SetTray Sets the tray name the plugin should select. | 6.1 |
| Printer.GetDefaultPrinter Queries default system printer. | 3.0 |
| Printer.PrinterCount Queries the number of printers. | 3.0 |
| Printer.PrinterInfo Queries printer info. | 6.5 |
| Printer.PrinterName Queries the name of the printer with given index. | 3.0 |
| Process.FrontProcessBundleID Queries bundleID of the frontmost app. | 4.2 |
| Process.FrontProcessName Queries name of the frontmost app. | 4.2 |
| Process.FrontWindowTitle Queries name of the frontmost window. | 4.2 |
| Process.GetCurrentDirectory Queries current directory. | 6.5 |
| Process.IsFrontMost Checks if FileMaker is the frontmost application. | 2.9 |
| Process.IsRunning Checks if a process is running. | 4.0 |
| Process.KeepFrontMost Sets whether the plugin should keep FileMaker in front. | 7.1 |
| Process.LoadLibrary Loads a given native library. | 6.5 |
| Process.SetCurrentDirectory Sets the current directory. | 6.5 |
| Process.SetFrontMost Moves FileMaker application to the front. | 2.9 |
| ProcessActivity.List Lists all activities. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.Options Queries option flags. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.Reason Queries the reason text. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.beginActivity Begins an activity. | 5.2 |
| ProcessActivity.endActivity Ends the activity started with ProcessActivity.beginActivity. | 5.2 |
| ProgressDialog.ClearImage Clears image for the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetBottomText Queries the current text below the progress bar in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetButtonCaption Queries the current text from the button in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetCancel Queries the cancel state. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetPositionX Queries the x position of the dialog. | 2.6 |
| ProgressDialog.GetPositionY Queries the y position of the dialog. | 2.6 |
| ProgressDialog.GetProgress Queries current progress value. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetShowButton Queries current state of whether to show the cancel button or not. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetTitle Queries the current progress dialog title. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.GetTopMost Queries whether dialog is top most. | 2.6 |
| ProgressDialog.GetTopText Queries the current text above the progress bar in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Hide Hides the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Reset Resets all options. | 6.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetBottomText Sets the bottom text in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetButtonCaption Sets the cancel button text. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetCancel Sets the cancel state. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetFont Sets the label's text sizes. | 2.9 |
| ProgressDialog.SetImage Sets the image. Please use container value as parameter. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetPosition Set position of the dialog absolute. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetPositionCentered Set position of the dialog centered. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetProgress Sets the current progress value. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetShowButton Sets whether to show the cancel button or not. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetTitle Sets the progress dialog title. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.SetTopMost Sets whether dialog is top most. | 2.6 |
| ProgressDialog.SetTopText Sets the top text in the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Show Shows the progress dialog. | 2.4 |
| ProgressDialog.Update Redraws the progress dialog. | 2.6 |
| Progressdialog.GetEvaluate Queries expression to evaluate. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.GetFileName Queries file name. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.GetScriptName Queries script name to run on button click. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate on button click. | 7.1 |
| Progressdialog.SetScript Sets the script to run when button is clicked. | 7.1 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddContainer Adds an container to the list of files to preview. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddFile Adds file to the file list for preview. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddImage Adds an image to the list of files to preview. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.AddPDF Adds a PDF to the preview items. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Clear Clears content of file list. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemIndex Queries index of current visible item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemPath Queries path of current item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.CurrentPreviewItemTitle Queries title of current item. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetHeight Queries height of panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetLeft Queries left position of panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetTop Queries height of panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.GetWidth Queries width of panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Hide Hides the panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.IsVisible Checks if panel is visible. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Move Moves the panel to the given position. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Resize Resizes the panel. | 4.3 |
| QLPreviewPanel.SetCurrentPreviewItemIndex Sets index of current element. | 8.4 |
| QLPreviewPanel.Show Shows the panel. | 4.3 |
| QTExport.CloseMovie Closes current movie. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.Duration Queries duration of current movie. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.Export Exports the movie file. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetHighResolution Queries whether high resolution audio is enabled. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetMovieHeight Queries the movie height you set. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetMovieWidth Queries the movie width you set. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetSettings Queries current settings as text. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetShowProgress Queries whether to show progress dialog. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetSoundChannelCount Queries the sound channel count to use. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetSoundSampleRate Queries the sound sample rate to use. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.GetSoundSampleSize Queries the sound sample size to use. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.ListExporters Enumerates all available exporters. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.OpenExporter Opens an exporter. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.OpenMovie Opens a movie file for input. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.Release Frees the exporter. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetHighResolution Enables or disables high resolution audio. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetMovieHeight Sets the movie height you want to have. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetMovieWidth Sets the movie width you want to have. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetSettings Restores saved settings. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetShowProgress Sets whether to show progress. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetSoundChannelCount Sets the number of channels to export. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetSoundSampleRate Sets the sound sample rate. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetSoundSampleSize Sets the sound sample size to use. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.SetupDialog Shows a modal setup dialog. | 6.1 |
| QTExport.Validate Validates the settings. | 6.1 |
| QTMovie.Autoplay Sets a movie to start playing when a sufficient amount of media data is available. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.CurrentFrameImage Returns an Image for the frame at the current time in a Movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.FormatTime Formats a time value. | 5.0 |
| QTMovie.FrameImageAtTime Returns an image for the frame at the time time in a Movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetCurrentTime Returns the current time of a QTMovie object as seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetDuration Returns the duration of a movie in seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetMuted Returns the movie's mute setting. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetRate Returns the current rate of a QTMovie object. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetSelectionDuration Returns the duration of the movie's current selection as a seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetSelectionEnd Returns the end point of the movie's current selection as seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetSelectionStart Returns the start time of the movie's current selection as seconds. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GetVolume Returns the movie's volume as a scalar value of type float. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoBeginning Repositions the play position to the beginning of the movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoEnd Repositions the play position to the end of the movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoNextSelectionPoint Repositions the movie to the next selection point. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoPosterTime Repositions the play position to the movie's poster time. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.GotoPreviousSelectionPoint Repositions the movie to the previous selection point. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.OpenContainer Opens the movie from container. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.OpenFile Opens a movie file. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.OpenURL Opens the movie with the given URL. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.ParseTime Parses a time value. | 5.0 |
| QTMovie.Play Plays the movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.PosterImage Returns an Image for the poster frame of a Movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.Release Releases the movie. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.ReleaseAll Releases all movies in memory. | 7.1 |
| QTMovie.SetCurrentTime Sets the movie's current time setting to time. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.SetMuted Sets the movie's mute setting to mute. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.SetRate Sets the movie's rate to rate. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.SetVolume Sets the movie's volume to volume. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.StepBackward Sets the movie backward a single frame. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.StepForward Sets the movie forward a single frame. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.Stop Stops the movie playing. | 4.0 |
| QTMovie.StopDelayed Pauses a video later. | 5.0 |
| QuartzFilterManager.Filters Queries list of all filters. | 4.3 |
| QuartzFilterManager.HidePanel Hides the panel for the Quartz Filter Manager. | 4.3 |
| QuartzFilterManager.ShowPanel Shows the panel for the Quartz Filter Manager. | 4.3 |
| QuickList.AddList Adds a list of values to a quick list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.AddMultiValue Adds a value or list to the list. | 7.2 |
| QuickList.AddPostfix Adds a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.AddPrefix Adds a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.AddQuickList Adds the content of second list to first list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.AddSQL Adds values to a quick list via SQL. | 5.1 |
| QuickList.AddValue Adds a value to the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.And Returns a list with values which are contained in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.BestMatch Looks for best match of a text in a list of texts. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.CSVSplit Splits CSV text. | 7.4 |
| QuickList.Clear Clears the content of the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Clone Creates a clone of the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.Count Queries the count of items in list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.CrossProduct Creates the cross product from two lists. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.DeCombine Picks elements from each line in a list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.Deserialize Restores a serialized list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.FindEquals Finds equal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.FindUnequals Finds unequal items in both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Free Frees the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.GetList Queries the list as text. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.GetValue Queries a value in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.HasDuplicateItems Checks if list has duplicates. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.HasValue Checks whether a list contains a given value. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.InsertValue Inserts a value to a list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.List Returns list of all quick list IDs. | 5.3 |
| QuickList.MatchesPostfix Finds list entries which have a given postfix text. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.MatchesPrefix Finds list entries which have a given prefix text. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.MatchesSubString Finds list entries which contains a given text. | 6.0 |
| QuickList.New Creates a new list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Not Returns values of first list which are not in second list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Or Returns values of both lists. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Pop Pops last value from the list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.PopFirst Pops the first value from a list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.Push Pushes a value to the end of the list. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.RegExMatch Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Remove Removes the value with the given index. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.RemoveDuplicateItems Removes duplicate items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.RemoveEmptyItems Removes empty items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.RemovePostfix Removes a postfix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.RemovePrefix Removes a prefix text to each entry in the list. | 6.1 |
| QuickList.RemoveValue Removes a value from a quick list. | 5.0 |
| QuickList.Reserve Reserves memory for a list of given size. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Reverse Reverses the order of items in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Serialize Serialized a list as a text. | 5.2 |
| QuickList.SetList Sets the list to the content of the passed list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.SetValue Sets a value in the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.Sort Sorts the list. | 4.4 |
| QuickList.SortWith Sorts the list with together with other lists. | 6.2 |
| QuickList.SubList Returns a part of the list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.Trim Trims all texts in the list. | 7.5 |
| QuickList.ValueIndex Finds the index for a given value. | 5.4 |
| QuickList.XOr Returns list with values found in either first or second list, but not in both. | 4.4 |
| RSA.DecryptPrivateKey Decrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
| RSA.EncryptPrivateKey Encrypts a private key. | 7.5 |
| RSA.GeneratePrivateKey Creates a new private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.GetPublicKey Queries public key from private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PrivateDecrypt Decrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PrivateEncrypt Encrypts data using private key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PublicDecrypt Decrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.PublicEncrypt Encrypts data using public key. | 6.2 |
| RSA.Sign Signs data with RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
| RSA.Verify Verifies RSA digital signature. | 6.2 |
| RegEx.CaptureCount Queries number of captured sub patterns. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Compile Compiles a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Execute Executes a statement. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.FindMatches Finds in a text all matches of a given pattern and returns list. | 5.1 |
| RegEx.Free Frees memory for a regular expression. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.List Returns list of all regex IDs. | 5.3 |
| RegEx.Match Matches a text against to a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.MatchList Matches a list against a pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.MinimumLength Queries the minimum length of the text to match. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.NameCount Queries number of names. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.NamedSubstring Queries the named substring. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Options Queries the options to used when compiling the pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Pattern Queries the pattern used to compile this regular expression. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Quote Quotes text for use in patterns. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.Replace Replace pattern once. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.ReplaceAll Replaces patterns. | 7.5 |
| RegEx.Results Queries the result from execute. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Size Queries size of compiled pattern. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.StringNumber Queries the index number of a name. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Study Studies the regular expression for improved execution speed. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Substring Queries a substring. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.SubstringList Returns list of substrings. | 4.4 |
| RegEx.Version Returns the version number of the PCRE library. | 4.4 |
| Register This function is used to register the Plugin. | 1.0 |
| Registration Returns a list of the currently registered components. | 1.0 |
| RemoteControl.ClickMouse Moves the mouse cursor and performs a click. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.HideCursor Hides the mouse cursor. | 3.4 |
| RemoteControl.MouseX Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.MouseY Queries current position of the mouse cursor on screen. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.MoveMouse Moves the mouse cursor. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressCommandKey Presses command key on Mac. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressControlKey Presses control key. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressDialogButton Presses a dialog button. | 6.2 |
| RemoteControl.PressDialogButton.Clear Stops the dialog button press command. | 6.2 |
| RemoteControl.PressKey Presses a key. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressKeyLater Presses a key after delay. | 6.2 |
| RemoteControl.PressOptionKey Presses option/alt key. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.PressShiftKey Presses shift key. | 2.8 |
| RemoteControl.ShowCursor Shows the mouse cursor. | 3.4 |
| RichText.Attribute Queries an attribute value. | 3.0 |
| RichText.Clear Clears current document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.FormattedText Returns the styled text of the currently loaded text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.GeneratePDF Generates a PDF from the current rich text document. | 5.1 |
| RichText.HTMLText Converts the current rich text to html. | 6.0 |
| RichText.RTF Returns current rich text as RTF data. | 6.5 |
| RichText.ReadContainer Reads text file from container. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadFile Reads a text file from a file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadHTML Loads a HTML page as rich text. | 5.2 |
| RichText.ReadRTF Loads RTF text as rich text. | 5.2 |
| RichText.ReadText Read rich text from text. | 4.4 |
| RichText.ReadURL Reads a text file from an URL. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReadWebviewer Reads formatted text from webviewer content. | 5.4 |
| RichText.Release Frees memory for current text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.ReplaceText Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | 4.4 |
| RichText.ReplaceTexts Replaces text in current rich text document with new text. | 6.4 |
| RichText.SetAttribute Sets metadata. | 3.5 |
| RichText.SetFormattedText Sets new text for saving a document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.SetText Sets new text for saving a document. | 3.5 |
| RichText.Text Returns the plain text of the currently loaded text file. | 3.0 |
| RichText.TextLength Returns the length of the text in characters. | 3.0 |
| RichText.WriteContainer Writes current rich text to a container. | 4.4 |
| RichText.WriteDOC Writes a Word file. | 3.5 |
| RichText.WriteFile Writes current rich text to a file. | 4.4 |
| RichText.WritePDF Write the current rich text document to a PDF file. | 5.1 |
| RichText.WriteRTF Writes a RTF file. | 3.5 |
| RunTask.AddArgument Adds the argument that should be used to launch the executable to the arguments list. | 4.1 |
| RunTask.GetArgument Queries the argument with given index. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.GetArgumentCount Returns the number of arguments. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.GetCurrentDirectoryPath Returns the task's current directory. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.GetLaunchPath Returns the path of the executable. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.IsRunning Returns whether the receiver is still running. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.Launch Launches the task represented by the receiver. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.NewTask Creates a new task. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.ProcessIdentifier Returns the receiver's process identifier. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.ReadErrorText Reads what is in the buffer for the error stream. | 4.1 |
| RunTask.ReadOutputText Reads what is in the buffer for the output stream. | 4.1 |
| RunTask.SetArguments Sets the command arguments that should be used to launch the executable. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.SetCurrentDirectoryPath Sets the current directory for the receiver. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.SetLaunchPath Sets the path to be launched. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.Terminate Sends a terminate signal to the receiver and all of its subtasks. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.TerminationReason Returns the reason the task was terminated. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.TerminationStatus Returns the exit status returned by the receiver's executable. | 3.1 |
| RunTask.Wait Waits for current task to terminate. | 6.4 |
| RunTask.WriteInputText Writes text to the input buffer for the app. | 4.1 |
| SNMP.Get Performs a SNMP GET query. | 3.1 |
| SNMP.SetRetries Sets number of retries for the SNMP query. | 3.1 |
| SNMP.SetTimeout Sets timeout for the SNMP query. | 3.1 |
| SQL.Cancel Attempts to cancel the pending result set, or current statement execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ClientVersion Gets the DBMS client API version number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Close Closes the specified command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.CommandText Gets the command text associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.CommandType Gets the command type currently associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Commit Saves any changes and ends the current transaction. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Connect Opens the connection to a data source. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Disconnect Disconnects the connection from the database. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Execute Executes the current command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchFirst Fetches the first row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchLast Fetches the last row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchNext Fetches next row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FetchPos Fetches a row from a result set. | 5.1 |
| SQL.FetchPrior Fetches previous row from a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FieldCount Returns the number of fields (columns) in a result set. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FreeAllConnections Frees all SQL connections and commands. | 6.3 |
| SQL.FreeCommand Frees the command and releases all memory associated with it. | 2.6 |
| SQL.FreeConnection Call this method if you are done with a connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetAutoCommit Checks whether autocommit is enabled or disabled for the current connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetCommandOption Gets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetCommandTag Queries tag for command. | 6.4 |
| SQL.GetConnectionOption Gets a string value of a specific connection option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetConnectionTag Queries tag for connection. | 6.4 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsBoolean Returns field's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsContainer Queries field value as container. | 6.2 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDate Returns field's value as date value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsDateTime Returns field's value as datetime value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsFloat Returns field's value as floating point number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsJPEG Returns field's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsNumber Returns field's value as integer number value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPDF Returns field's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsPNG Returns field's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsText Returns field's value as text value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldAsTime Returns field's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldDataType Returns field data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldIsNull Wether the field value is NULL. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldName Returns name of the field. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldNameList Queries list of field names. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldOption Gets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetFieldValue Returns field's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetFieldValueList Queries list of field values. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetIsolationLevel Gets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsBoolean Returns param's value as boolean value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsContainer Queries parameter value as container. | 6.2 |
| SQL.GetParamAsDate Returns param's value as date; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsDateTime Returns param's value as datetime value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsFloat Returns param's value as floating point number; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsJPEG Returns parameters's value as JPEG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetParamAsNumber Returns param's value as integer; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsPDF Returns parameters's value as PDF value. | 4.3 |
| SQL.GetParamAsPNG Returns parameters's value as PNG value. | 3.0 |
| SQL.GetParamAsText Returns param's value as text; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamAsTime Returns param's value as time value; converts if needed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamDataType Returns parameter data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamIsDefault Checks whether parameter is default value. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamIsNull Wether the parameter value is NULL. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamName Returns the name of the parameter. | 2.6 |
| SQL.GetParamNameList Queries list of parameter names. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamValue Returns param's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetParamValueList Queries list of parameter values. | 5.1 |
| SQL.GetRecordsAsText Queries all records as text. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InsertOrUpdateRecords Creates or updates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 7.3 |
| SQL.InsertRecords Creates records in FileMaker database for current recordset. | 5.2 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activate Activates the internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Activated Checks if internal SQLite library is used. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Deactivate Deactivates the use of internal SQLite library. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.SourceID Returns the source code ID. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.Version Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
| SQL.InternalSQLiteLibrary.VersionNumber Returns the SQLite version number. | 5.3 |
| SQL.ListCommands Returns a list of all SQL Commands. | 6.4 |
| SQL.ListConnections Returns a list of all SQL Connections. | 6.4 |
| SQL.MySQL.InsertID For MySQL Connection queries the last insert ID. | 2.9 |
| SQL.NewCommand Creates a new command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.NewConnection Initialize a new SAConnection object and returns Connection Reference. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Open Opens the specified command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ParamCount Returns the number of parameters associated with the command object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Prepare Validates and prepares the current command for execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ResetCommand Clears all DBMS related handles and sturctures but doesn't destroy them (mostly for Unix fork/exec based applications) | 2.6 |
| SQL.ResetConnection Clears all DBMS related handles and structures but doesn't destroy them. | 2.6 |
| SQL.Rollback Cancels any changes made during the current transaction and ends the transaction. | 2.6 |
| SQL.RowsAffected Returns the number of rows affected by the last insert/update/delete command execution. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SQLite3.EnableLoadExtension Enables extensions on SQLite 3. | 4.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.LastInsertRowID For SQLite3, returns the last row ID used. | 2.9 |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryHighwater Queries maximum memory usage so far. | 7.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.MemoryUsed Queries memory in use by SQLite. | 7.4 |
| SQL.SQLite3.ReKey You can change the key on a database using the Rekey Function. | 5.3 |
| SQL.SQLite3.SetKey Sets the encryption key to use. | 5.3 |
| SQL.ServerVersion The long number of the currently connected server version. | 2.6 |
| SQL.ServerVersionString Gets the currently connected DBMS server version string. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetAutoCommit Enables or disables autocommit for the current connection, that is, automatic commit of every SQL command. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetClient Assigns an DBMS client for the connection. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetCommandOption Sets a string value of a specific command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetCommandTag Sets the tag for the command. | 6.4 |
| SQL.SetCommandText Sets the command text. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetConnectionOption Sets a string value of a specific connection or command option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetConnectionTag Sets the tag for the connection. | 6.4 |
| SQL.SetFieldOption Sets a string value of a specific field option. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetIsolationLevel Sets the transaction isolation level. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsBoolean Sets parameter's value as bool data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsContainer Sets parameter's value as BLOB value with data from a container. | 3.0 |
| SQL.SetParamAsDate Sets parameter's value as Date data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsDateTime Sets parameter's value as DateTime data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsFloat Sets parameter's value as floating point number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsNumber Sets parameter's value as 32-bit integer number. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsText Sets parameter's value as character string data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamAsTime Sets parameter's value as Time data. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamDataType Sets parameter's data type. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamDefault Sets the default value for this parameter. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamNull Sets parameter's value as null. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamTypesValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamUnknown Sets parameter's type as unknown. | 2.6 |
| SQL.SetParamValue Sets parameter's value. | 5.1 |
| SQL.SetParamValues Sets all parameters for a query in one call. | 5.1 |
| SQL.isAlive Returns the database server connection status for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isConnected Returns the connection state for a particular connection object. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isExecuted Whether command was executed. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isOpened Tests whether the specified command object is opened. | 2.6 |
| SQL.isResultSet Tests whether a result set exists after the command execution. | 2.6 |
| SSH.CloseChannel Closes the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Connect Connects a new socket to the given IP & Port. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Disconnect Disconnects the session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.EOF Check a channel's EOF status. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Execute Executes something on the server. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Flush Flush streams for this channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.FreeChannel Frees the SSH channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetExitState Get the remote exit code. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetIP Queries IP or domain used to connect. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetPort Queries port used to connect. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetTag Queries tag value. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetTimeout Queries timeout. | 6.3 |
| SSH.GetUserName The user name we got authenticated for. | 6.3 |
| SSH.HostKey Returns the hex encoded host key. | 6.3 |
| SSH.HostKeyHash Returns the hex encoded host key hash. | 6.3 |
| SSH.IsAuthenticated Queries the authentication state. | 6.3 |
| SSH.New Creates a new SSH session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.OpenSession Opens a SSH channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReadHex Reads bytes from channel and returns them hex encoded. | 6.3 |
| SSH.ReadText Reads bytes from channel and returns them as text. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Release Frees the memory for the ssh session. | 6.3 |
| SSH.RequestPTY Request a PTY on an established channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SendEOF Send EOF to remote server. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SessionHandshake Perform the SSH handshake. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetEnv Set an environment variable on the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetTag Sets the tag value. | 6.3 |
| SSH.SetTimeout Sets timeout. | 6.3 |
| SSH.Shell Request a shell on a channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthKeyboardInteractive Authenticate a session using keyboard-interactive authentication. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthList List supported authentication methods. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPassword Authenticate a session with username and password. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKey Authenticate a session with a public key, read from memory. | 6.3 |
| SSH.UserAuthPublicKeyFile Authenticate a session with a public key, read from a file. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitClosed Wait for the remote to close the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitEOF Wait for the remote end to acknowledge an EOF request. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WaitSocket Waits on the socket for sending or receiving. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WriteHex Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
| SSH.WriteText Writes text to the channel. | 6.3 |
| Schedule.Check Checks if something needs to be run. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ClearEvaluateResult Clears result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ClearSQLResult Clears result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAfterDelay Evaluates an expression after a delay. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTime Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateAtTimeStamp Evaluates an expression at a given point in time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.EvaluateOnIdle Evaluates an expression after a given idle period. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAfterDelay Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTime Runs a sql query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLAtTimeStamp Runs a SQL query in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ExecuteSQLOnIdle Runs a SQL query after idle period. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetAutoRelease Queries if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetEvaluate Queries the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetEvaluateResult Queries result of last evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetFileName Returns the file name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetLastTimeStamp Queries the last time stamp the schedule run. | 6.2 |
| Schedule.GetRepeatDelay Queries the delay between scheduled script calls. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetRunCount Queries the number of schedule executions. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetSQL Queries the scheduled SQL command. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetSQLResult Queries result of last SQL query. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetScriptName Returns the script name for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetScriptParameter Returns the script parameter for the scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetTimeStamp Queries the timestamp of next execution of schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.GetURL Queries URL to be triggered when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
| Schedule.List Provides a list with all scheduled script starts or SQL commands. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.Release Releases schedule reference. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.ReleaseAll Releases all scheduled. | 6.4 |
| Schedule.SetAutoRelease Sets if scheduled item is removed from list of schedules automatically after execution. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetEvaluate Sets the expression to evaluate. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetFileName Sets the file name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetRepeatDelay Sets the repeat delay for the schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetSQL Sets the SQL for the schedule. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetScriptName Sets the script name for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetScriptParameter Sets the script parameter for scheduled script start. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetTimeStamp Sets the timestamp where a schedule runs the next time. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.SetURL Sets the URL to query when schedule runs. | 6.5 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAfterDelay Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTime Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptAtTimeStamp Runs a script in any open FileMaker file. | 5.2 |
| Schedule.StartScriptOnIdle Runs a script after idle period. | 5.2 |
| Screen.Count Queries the number of screens. | 1.0 |
| Screen.DockHeight Queries dock height. | 8.3 |
| Screen.DockWidth Queries dock width. | 8.3 |
| Screen.Height Queries screen height. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Left Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Top Queries screen position. | 1.0 |
| Screen.Width Queries screen width. | 1.0 |
| Screenshot Takes a screenshot of the screen indicated by the "ScreenID" parameter. | 1.0 |
| ScreenshotRect This function will take snapshot of the area of the screen described by the first four Parameters. | 1.0 |
| ScriptWorkspace.BringToFront Brings the script window to front. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.CurrentTab Queries current tab title. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.ExpandScriptFolders Expands all scripts in the script workspace. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.IsVisible Checks whether script workspace is visible. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.LineCount Queries line count of current script. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.OpenScript Opens a script by name. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScriptNames Queries list of script names in script workspace. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.ScriptsVisible Queries whether scripts are visible. | 7.5 |
| ScriptWorkspace.SelectLine Selects a line in current script. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.SelectedLine Queries selected line. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.StepsVisible Queries whether steps are visible. | 7.5 |
| ScriptWorkspace.Tabs Queries list of tabs in script workspace. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.Title Queries title of front script workspace. | 7.4 |
| ScriptWorkspace.TriggerScripts Triggers scripts list visibility. | 7.5 |
| ScriptWorkspace.TriggerSteps Triggers script steps list visibility. | 7.5 |
| ScriptWorkspace.Window Queries window ID for the script workspace. | 7.4 |
| SendCommand Connects to a TCP Socket on some computer in the network and sends a data packet with the given parameters. | 2.0 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentContainer Adds an attachment to the email based on a container field. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentFile Adds an attachment to the email based on a file path. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddAttachmentText Adds an attachment to the email based on a text. | 6.5 |
| SendMail.AddBCC Adds a blind copy recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddCC Adds a copy recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddHeader Adds an header to the email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddRecipient Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddReplyTo Adds a recipient for a reply. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AddTo Adds a recipient. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.AttachmentCount Queries number of attachments. | 6.5 |
| SendMail.ClearAttachments Clears all attachments from this email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.ClearHeaders Clears the headers for email. | 6.1 |
| SendMail.ClearRecipients Clears all recipients. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.CreateEmail Creates a new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.GetHTMLText Queries the html text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetInReplyTo Queries the reply to address of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetMessageID Queries the message ID of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetPlainText Queries the plain text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetRichText Queries the rich text of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPPassword Queries the smtp password of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPServer Queries the smtp server of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSMTPUserName Queries the smtp username of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.GetSource Queries the source code for the email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.GetSubject Queries the subject of this email. | 7.1 |
| SendMail.PrepareCURL Setups existing CURL session for an email transfer. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.Release Releases all memory used by this email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetFrom Sets the email from address. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetHTMLText Sets the HTML text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetInReplyTo Sets the in reply to message ID. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetMessageID Sets the message ID. | 4.4 |
| SendMail.SetPlainText Sets the plain text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetRichText Sets the enriched text of the new email. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPPassword Sets the password for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPServer Sets which SMTP server to use. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSMTPUserName Sets the username for SMTP server authentication. | 4.3 |
| SendMail.SetSubject Sets the subject line. | 4.3 |
| SerialPort.AvailableBytes Queries number of bytes available in buffer. | 4.4 |
| SerialPort.Clear Clears incoming buffer. | 7.4 |
| SerialPort.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | 5.1 |
| SerialPort.Close Closes serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.CloseAll Closes all serial ports. | 5.4 |
| SerialPort.GetBaudRate Queries the baud rate. | 3.1 |
| SerialPort.GetCTS Queries current CTS mode. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.GetDSR Queries whether DSR mode is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.GetDTR Queries whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.GetDataBits Queries the data bit size. | 3.1 |
| SerialPort.GetParity Queries parity setting. | 5.0 |
| SerialPort.GetRTS Queries whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.GetStopBits Queries number of stop bits. | 5.0 |
| SerialPort.GetXON Queries if XON/XOFF flow control is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.HasLine Checks if a line is available. | 7.0 |
| SerialPort.IsSuspended Checks suspension state. | 7.4 |
| SerialPort.LastError Returns the system error from last serial port function call. | 3.3 |
| SerialPort.List Returns list of names of serial ports. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.Open Opens a serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.Read Reads bytes from serial port and returns them as text. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.ReadByte Reads a single byte to the serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.ReadHex Reads bytes from serial port and returns them hex encoded. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.ReadLine Reads a line of text from serial port. | 7.0 |
| SerialPort.Resume Resumes serial port. | 7.4 |
| SerialPort.SetBaudRate Sets the baud rate. | 3.1 |
| SerialPort.SetCTS Sets CTS mode. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.SetDSR Sets whether DSR mode is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.SetDTR Sets whether DTR (data-terminal-ready) flow control is used. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available expression for this serial port. | 6.2 |
| SerialPort.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this serial port. | 5.1 |
| SerialPort.SetDataBits Sets data bit size. | 3.1 |
| SerialPort.SetParity Sets parity setting. | 5.0 |
| SerialPort.SetRTS Sets whether to use RTS (request-to-send) flow control. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.SetStopBits Sets number of stop bits. | 5.0 |
| SerialPort.SetXON Sets the serial port to use XON/XOFF mode. | 3.4 |
| SerialPort.Suspend Suspends serial port. | 7.4 |
| SerialPort.Write Writes text to the serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.WriteByte Writes a single byte to the serial port. | 3.0 |
| SerialPort.WriteHex Writes text to the serial port. | 3.0 |
| ServerSocket.Check Checks if any network socket has something to do. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.GetAllowedScripts Queries list of allowed scripts. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.GetAllowedTypes Queries the list of allowed types. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.SendQuery Sends a query to a Serversocket on another FileMaker instance. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.SetAllowedScripts Sets a list of allowed script names. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.SetAllowedTypes Sets a list of allowed types. | 3.4 |
| ServerSocket.Start Starts the server socket to answer queries from other applications. | 3.2 |
| ServerSocket.Stop Stops the server socket. | 3.2 |
| ServiceProvider.Install Installs a service provider handler. | 4.4 |
| ServiceProvider.Uninstall Removes service provider. | 4.4 |
| ServiceProvider.Value Queries a value from last service invocation. | 4.4 |
| SetSystemUIMode Sets the system UI mode. | 2.1 |
| Shell.AddArgument Adds an argument. | 7.5 |
| Shell.AddEnvironment Adds an entry for environment variables. | 7.5 |
| Shell.AvailableBytesError Queries number of available bytes in error. | 7.5 |
| Shell.AvailableBytesOutput Queries number of available bytes in output. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ClearArguments Clears arguments list. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ClearEnvironment Clears list of environment variables. | 7.5 |
| Shell.CloseInput Closes input stream. | 8.3 |
| Shell.CloseStreams Closes all streams. | 8.3 |
| Shell.Execute Executes a child process. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ExitCode Queries exit code of child application. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetApplicationName Queries application name. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetArgument Queries argument. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetArgumentCount Queries number of arguments. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetCurrentDirectory Queries current directory path. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetDomain Queries domain name for login. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetEnvironment Queries list with environment variables. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetEvaluate Queries expression to be run when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetPassword Queries password for login. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetScriptFileName Queries filename of script to call in when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetScriptName Queries name of script to call when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.GetUsername Queries user name. | 7.5 |
| Shell.IsRunning Queries whether application is running. | 7.5 |
| Shell.New Creates a new shell object. | 7.5 |
| Shell.PeekErrorText Peeks into error output buffer. | 7.5 |
| Shell.PeekOutputText Peeks into output buffer. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ProcessIdentifier Queries process identifier of child process. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ReadErrorText Reads error. | 7.5 |
| Shell.ReadOutputText Reads output. | 7.5 |
| Shell.Release Frees the shell object. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetApplicationName Sets the application name. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetArguments Sets list of arguments to parameters of this functions. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetArgumentsList Sets list of arguments. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetCurrentDirectory Sets the current directory to use. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetDomain Sets the domain to use for login. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetEvaluate Sets expression to be run when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetPassword Sets the password for login. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetScript Sets which script to call when shell is done. | 7.5 |
| Shell.SetUsername Sets the user name. | 7.5 |
| Shell.Terminate Terminates the child process. | 7.5 |
| Shell.TerminationReason Returns the reason the task was terminated. | 7.5 |
| Shell.Wait Waits for child process. | 7.5 |
| Shell.WriteInputText Writes a text to input stream. | 7.5 |
| ShowURL Shows an URL. | 2.4 |
| SmartCard.Available Whether SmartCard API is available. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.BeginTransaction Starts a transaction. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Cancel Terminates all outstanding actions within a specific resource manager context. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.CancelTransaction Cancels current transaction. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Connect Connects to a smartcard. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Control Direct control of the reader. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Disconnect Disconnects card. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.EndTransaction Ends transaction. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.GetActiveProtocol Queries the active protocol. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.GetAttribute Retrieves the current reader attribute. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.HeaderTemplate Queries header template. | 6.4 |
| SmartCard.Init Initializes a smartcard context. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.ListReaderGroups Queries list of reader groups. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.ListReaders Queries list of readers. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.PerformSignature Performs signature. | 7.0 |
| SmartCard.ReadCertificate Reads certificate for smart cards. | 7.0 |
| SmartCard.Reconnect Reconnects to smart card with different protocol. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Release Releases context and all memory needed. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.SetAttribute Sets the given reader attribute. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Status Queries current status of smart card in reader. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Transmit Sends a service request to the smart card and expects to receive data back from the card. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.TransmitReceiveHeader Returns the receive header from last Transmit. | 6.3 |
| SmartCard.Valid Determines whether a smart card context handle is valid. | 6.3 |
| Social.AccountProperty Queries details of an account. | 5.3 |
| Social.Accounts Queries an array of all the accounts in an account database. | 5.3 |
| Social.HasAccessForAccountType Checks if we do have permissions for this type of service. | 5.3 |
| Social.RequestAccessForAccountType Requests permissions to use accounts. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.AddParameter Adds a parameter to the request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.ClearMultipartData Clears the multipart data for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.ClearParameter Clears the parameter list for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetAccount Queries the account identifier for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetMultiPartDataCount Query number of multi part data in this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetParameterCount Queries number of parameters for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetRequestMethod Queries request method. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetResponse Queries details on the response. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetServiceType Queries the service type. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.GetURL Queries the URL for the request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.New Creates a new social request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.Perform Performs the request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.Release Releases request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.SetAccount Sets the account to use for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.SetRequestMethod Sets the request method for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.SetServiceType Sets the service type to use. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.SetURL Sets the request URL. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.addMultipartContainer Adds multipart data for this request. | 5.3 |
| SocialRequest.addMultipartText Adds multipart data for this request. | 5.3 |
| Socket.AcceptNewConnection Accepts a new connection and returns a new socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.AddMembership Adds this socket to a multicast group. | 7.5 |
| Socket.AvailableBytes Queries number of bytes in read buffer. | 4.3 |
| Socket.Check Performs the socket event check. | 5.1 |
| Socket.CheckAll Checks status of all sockets. | 5.1 |
| Socket.ClearDataAvailableHandler Clears the data available handler. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ClearErrorHandler Clears the error handler. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ClearNewConnectionHandler Clears the new connection handler. | 7.2 |
| Socket.Close Closes a socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.CloseAll Closes all open sockets. | 4.3 |
| Socket.Connect Connects a TCP/IP socket to the given domain/IP on the given port. | 3.1 |
| Socket.DropMembership Removes this socket from a multicast group. | 7.5 |
| Socket.GetBroadcast Queries whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetMulticastInterface Queries the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
| Socket.GetMulticastLoop Queries whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetMulticastTimeToLive Queries time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.GetTag Queries the tag value of the socket. | 8.3 |
| Socket.GetTimeToLive Queries time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.LastError Queries the last error code for the given socket. | 4.3 |
| Socket.LastMessageIP Returns the IP from the last message received. | 3.1 |
| Socket.LastMessagePort Returns the port from the last message received. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Listen Binds the socket to the port and starts listening. | 3.1 |
| Socket.LocalIP Queries local IP. | 8.0 |
| Socket.LocalPort Queries local port number. | 8.0 |
| Socket.NewTCPSocket Creates a new TCP Socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.NewUDPSocket Creates a new UDP Socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Peek Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.PeekAll Peeks bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.PeekAllHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
| Socket.PeekHex Peeks from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
| Socket.Read Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ReadAll Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadAllHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadHex Reads bytes from socket and returns them hex encoded. | 3.1 |
| Socket.ReadLine Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadLineHex Reads a line of data from socket and returns them as text. | 4.3 |
| Socket.ReadMLLP Reads bytes from socket and returns them as text. | 3.1 |
| Socket.RemoteIP Returns IP of the remote socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.RemotePort Returns port of the socket on the other side. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SSL.Accept Wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Connect Initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.GetMethod Queries the SSL method. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Initialize Initializes a SSL connection. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.Prepare First step in SSL initialization. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.SetMethod Sets the SSL method for this socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.UseCertificateFile Defines to use a certificate key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SSL.UsePrivateKeyFile Defines to use a private key file for this SSL socket. | 3.5 |
| Socket.SendMessage Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SendMessageHex Sends an UDP data message. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetBroadcast Enables or disables whether broadcasts are allowed. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableEvaluate Sets the data available evaluation for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableHandler Sets the data available handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetDataAvailableURL Sets the URL to query when data is available. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetErrorEvaluate Sets the error expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetErrorHandler Sets the error handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetErrorURL Sets the URL to query when error happens. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetMulticastInterface Sets the interface to use for multicast. | 7.5 |
| Socket.SetMulticastLoop Sets whether multicast packets are also sent to the sending socket. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetMulticastTimeToLive Sets time to live for multicast data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionEvaluate Sets the new connection expression for this socket. | 6.2 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionHandler Sets the new connection handler for this socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.SetNewConnectionURL Sets the URL to query when new connection is received. | 6.5 |
| Socket.SetTag Sets the tag of the socket. | 8.3 |
| Socket.SetTimeToLive Sets time to live for data packets. | 5.3 |
| Socket.Write Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteByte Writes a single byte to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteHex Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Socket.WriteMLLP Writes text to the socket. | 3.1 |
| Speech.AvailableVoices Query the list of available voices. | 6.4 |
| Speech.IsPaused Checks whether we are paused. | 8.3 |
| Speech.IsSpeaking Queries whether text is speaking. | 7.5 |
| Speech.Pause Pauses speech. | 8.3 |
| Speech.Resume Resumes speech. | 8.3 |
| Speech.Speak Speaks text. | 6.3 |
| StoreKit.AddPayment Adds a new payment to the transaction query. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.CanMakePayments Indicates whether the user is allowed to make payments. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.FinishTransaction Completes a pending transaction. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.InvalidProductIdentifiers Queries invalid product identifiers. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.IsProductViewVisible Whether the product view dialog is visible. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.ProductQueryRunning Wether a product query is running. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.Products Queries product list. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.QueryProducts Queries products. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.RestoreCompletedTransactions Asks the payment queue to restore previously completed purchases. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.SetRestoreCompletedTransactionsTrigger Sets script triggered when transactions are restored. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.SetUpdatedTransactionsTrigger Sets the script to trigger when transactions change. | 8.2 |
| StoreKit.Transactions Returns an array of pending transactions as JSON. | 8.2 |
| StoreRegistration Stores registration on Mac in preferences file of FileMaker so the plugin can auto register itself on startup of FileMaker. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.AddTag Adds a new color tag for script step, variable, function or formula coloring. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Disable Disables checking variable declarations in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Enable Enables checking variable declarations in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Enabled Queries if checking variable declarations are enabled or not. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Disable Disables notifications sent by variable check. | 7.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Enable Enables notifications sent by variable check. | 7.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.CheckVariableDeclaration.Notification.Enabled Queries whether notifications are enabled. | 7.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.Clear Clears all rules. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.ContextualMenuEnabled.GetEnabled Queries whether contextual menu commands from plugin are enabled. | 6.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.ContextualMenuEnabled.SetEnabled Enables contextual menu commands for tables. | 6.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.CopyButton.GetEnabled Queries whether copy button for script editor is enabled. | 5.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.CopyButton.SetEnabled Enables or disables copy script button. | 5.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.Disable Disables Syntax coloring in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.Enable Enables Syntax coloring in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.Enabled Queries if syntax coloring is enabled or not. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.FactoryDefaults Resets all rules to the default settings. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.Format Applies formatting rules to the formula text and returns styled text. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetAddFindbars Queries whether the plugin adds find bars. | 8.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetBlackFieldPicker Queries whether field picker should be black. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetMinCalcFontSize Queries configured minimum font size. | 7.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetRelationGraphSearchBoxPreferredSize Queries preferred size for the search box in relation graph window. | 6.3 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetResizeFieldPicker Queries whether field picker should be resizable. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptHighlightColor Queries the current highlight color. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptIfColor Queries the current script if block color. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptLoopColor Queries the current script loop block color. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetScriptSearchColor Queries the current script search color. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowFieldAndTableIDs Queries whether to show field and table IDs. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowLayoutIDs Queries whether to show layout IDs. | 7.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetShowScriptIDs Queries whether to show script IDs. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetTag Queries the color for a tag. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetTags Query list of all tag names defined so far. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.GetUseBoldFont Queries whether to use bold fonts. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Disable Disables line numbers in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Enable Enables line numbers in FileMaker Scripts. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.Enabled Queries if line numbers are enabled or not. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.GetColor Queries the current color for line numbers. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.LineNumbers.SetColor Sets the new color to use for line numbers. | 3.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.RelationshipGraphSearchBox.GetEnabled Queries whether relationship graph shows a search box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.RelationshipGraphSearchBox.SetEnabled Enables or disables relation graph search box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.RemoveTag Removes a color tag. | 3.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptGoToBox.GetEnabled Queries whether script editor shows a goto box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptGoToBox.SetEnabled Enables or disables script go to box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptIfLoopHighlight.GetEnabled Queries enabled status for if/loop blocks highlighting. | 6.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptIfLoopHighlight.SetEnabled Sets whether to highlight if/loop blocks in script editor. | 6.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.GetEnabled Queries whether script editor shows a search box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.GetText Queries current search text. | 7.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.SetEnabled Enables or disables script search box. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.ScriptSearchBox.SetText Sets the search text and runs a search in current script. | 7.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetAddFindbars Sets whether the plugin adds find bars. | 8.0 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetBlackFieldPicker Set whether field picker should be black. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetMinCalcFontSize Sets the minimum text size to apply for calculations. | 7.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetRelationGraphSearchBoxPreferredSize Sets the preferred size for the relation graph. | 6.3 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetResizeFieldPicker Set whether field picker should be resizable. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptHighlightColor Sets the highlight color. | 5.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptIfColor Sets the highlight color for if block in a script. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptLoopColor Sets the highlight color for if block in a script. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetScriptSearchColor Sets the search color. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowFieldAndTableIDs Set whether to show field and table IDs. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowLayoutIDs Sets wether layout IDs are enabled. | 7.5 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetShowScriptIDs Set whether to show script IDs. | 7.4 |
| SyntaxColoring.SetUseBoldFont Sets whether to use bold fonts. | 6.1 |
| SyntaxColoring.ZoomButton.GetEnabled Queries whether zoom controls are enabled. | 7.2 |
| SyntaxColoring.ZoomButton.SetEnabled Sets enabled state for zoom controls. | 7.2 |
| System.Logout Logout current user. | 3.1 |
| System.Restart Restarts computer. | 3.1 |
| System.Shutdown Shuts computer down. | 3.1 |
| System.Sleep Asks computer to go to sleep (standby). | 3.1 |
| SystemInfo.AvailableRAM Returns the size of the free RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.CPUBrandString Returns the CPU brand string. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.ComputerName Returns the name of the computer. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.DomainName Returns the domain name of the current computer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.DoubleClickTime Queries the double click time for this computer in seconds. | 3.1 |
| SystemInfo.HardDiscSerial Returns the hard disc serial number of the first hard disc which has a serial number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.HostDNSName Queries the domain name for the host name. | 5.0 |
| SystemInfo.HostName Returns the hostname for this computer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.IdleTime Returns the global idle time in seconds. | 3.3 |
| SystemInfo.Is64bitWindows Checks Windows on Windows status. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.IsAdminUser Tries to check if user is admin user on the system. | 5.2 |
| SystemInfo.MACAddress Returns the hardware ethernet address of the first ethernet card. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.MacBugFixVersion Returns the BugFix part of the Mac OS version number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.MacHasHardwareAcceleratedCoreImage Checks whether a Mac can use hardware accelerated Core Image/Quartz. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.MacMajorVersion Returns the major Mac OS version number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.MacMinorVersion Returns the minor Mac OS version number. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.MacModel Returns the Mac Model string. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.MacSerialNumber Returns the Mac Serial number. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.MacUUID Returns the system UUID on Mac OS X. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.MacVRAMSize Returns the size of the VRAM in bytes on a Mac. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.OSName Returns the name of the operating system. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.OSVersionString Returns the Name of the operating system with version. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.PhysicalRAM Returns the size of the physical RAM in bytes. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.ProcessorCount Returns the number of processors on the target system. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.SystemFont Returns the system font. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.Time Returns current system time stamp as double. | 3.0 |
| SystemInfo.UserName Returns the user name. | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.UserShortName Returns the user's short name. eg 'admin' | 1.5 |
| SystemInfo.WindowsAero Returns whether Windows is using the Aero Interface. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isElCapitan Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.10 Syrah or newer. | 6.3 |
| SystemInfo.isHighSierra Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.13 High Sierra or newer. | 7.5 |
| SystemInfo.isLeopard Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.5 Leopard or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isLion Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.7 Lion or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isMacOSX Returns 1 if being called on Mac OS X. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isMavericks Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.9 Lion or newer. | 3.5 |
| SystemInfo.isMojave Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.14 Mojave or newer. | 8.4 |
| SystemInfo.isMountainLion Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.8 Mountain Lion or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isSierra Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.12 Sierra or newer. | 6.3 |
| SystemInfo.isSnowLeopard Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.6 Snow Leopard or newer. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows10 Returns 1 if called on Windows 10. | 5.2 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows2000 Returns 1 if called on Windows 2000. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows7 Returns 1 if called on Windows 7. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindows8 Returns 1 if called on Windows 8. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindowsVista Returns 1 if called on Windows Vista. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isWindowsXP Returns 1 if called on Windows XP. | 2.8 |
| SystemInfo.isYosemite Whether the operation system is Mac OS X 10.11 Syrah or newer. | 6.3 |
| Text.AddLineNumbers Adds line numbers to text. | 8.3 |
| Text.AppendTextFile You have to decide which encoding to use (if not native). We support a few encodings, but we can add more if you need something special. | 2.8 |
| Text.CapitalCase Converts text to capital case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.Character Creates a character with given number. | 5.2 |
| Text.Characters Returns the numbers of characters. | 5.2 |
| Text.Code Queries the number of a character. | 5.2 |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterComposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
| Text.ConvertUnicodeToCharacterDecomposition Converts text by applying unicode character normalization. | 5.2 |
| Text.CountWords Counts words. | 8.1 |
| Text.DecodeBytesFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as byte values. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64 Decode a base 64 string. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromBase64URL Decode a base 64 URL string. | 7.5 |
| Text.DecodeFromBytes Decode a byte string. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeFromHTML Decodes html text. | 2.4 |
| Text.DecodeFromHex Decode a hex string. | 2.4 |
| Text.DecodeFromQuotedPrintable Decodes a string with quoted printable encoding. | 4.3 |
| Text.DecodeFromURL Decode an URL string. | 2.6 |
| Text.DecodeFromXML Decodes xml text. | 4.3 |
| Text.DecodeHexFromBase64 Decodes base64 string and encodes it as hex values. | 3.0 |
| Text.DecodeURLComponent Decodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
| Text.Deserialize Restores a styled text. | 5.4 |
| Text.EncodeBytesToBase64 Encodes string with byte values to base 64. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeEmailSubject Encodes an email subject. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeHexToBase64 Encodes hex string to base 64. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToBase64 Encode a base64 string. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToBase64URL Encode a base64 URL string. | 7.5 |
| Text.EncodeToBytes Encode a byte string. | 3.0 |
| Text.EncodeToHTML Encodes text as html. | 2.4 |
| Text.EncodeToHex Encode a hex string. | 2.4 |
| Text.EncodeToQuotedPrintable Returns a string with quoted printable characters. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeToURL Encode an URL string. | 2.6 |
| Text.EncodeToXML Encodes text as xml. | 4.3 |
| Text.EncodeURLComponent Encodes an URL component. | 3.1 |
| Text.FileExtensionToMimeType Finds a mime type for a file extension. | 5.4 |
| Text.FindBetween Searches text for text between the two search strings. | 3.0 |
| Text.InvalidCharactersForEncoding Checks the text to return all characters which are not preserved when converting text to given text encoding. | 5.2 |
| Text.JaroWinklerDistance Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
| Text.Length Query length of text. | 7.2 |
| Text.LevenshteinDistance Calculates the string distance. | 2.9 |
| Text.ListWords Split words and list them. | 8.1 |
| Text.LowerCase Converts text to lower case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.MimeTypeToFileExtension Returns file extension for given mime type. | 5.4 |
| Text.ReadEMLXFile Reads email text from emlx file. | 5.3 |
| Text.ReadTextFile Reads a text file. | 2.4 |
| Text.ReadTextFromContainer Reads content of container value as text. | 4.4 |
| Text.RedefineEncoding Takes a text in a given encoding and reencodes it with other encoding. | 5.2 |
| Text.RemoveAccents Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
| Text.RemoveAccentsCaseInsensitive Returns text without accents. | 2.1 |
| Text.RemoveControlCharacters Removes control characters. | 5.1 |
| Text.RemoveNewLine Removes newline characters from string. | 2.4 |
| Text.RemovePostfix Removes the postfix from text. | 6.1 |
| Text.RemovePrefix Removes the prefix from text. | 6.1 |
| Text.ReplaceAll Find & Replace all occurrences of a text. | 7.3 |
| Text.ReplaceNewline Replaces newline characters. | 2.4 |
| Text.Serialize Serializes styled text as text. | 5.4 |
| Text.SoundEx Returns soundex string for the given text. | 2.1 |
| Text.SoundExGerman Returns soundex string for the given text. | 3.5 |
| Text.TextToHTML Creates HTML text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 4.3 |
| Text.TextToRTF Creates RTF text for a given FileMaker formatted styled text. | 2.4 |
| Text.Trim Trims whitespace on the left and right side. | 8.2 |
| Text.UpperCase Converts text to upper case letters. | 5.1 |
| Text.WriteTextFile Writes a text file with the given text. | 2.4 |
| Text.WriteToContainer Write a text as a FILE in a container. | 4.4 |
| Time.Format Formats a date with C time formatting functions. | 6.4 |
| Time.Parse Parses a date. | 6.4 |
| Time.Sleep Delays execution for the given number of milliseconds. | 4.1 |
| Time.TimeStampToUTC Converts timestamp to UTC. | 6.1 |
| Time.UnixTimeStamp Returns the unix time stamp. | 3.1 |
| Time.UnixTimeStampToFileMaker Converts time from unix to FileMaker. | 8.3 |
| Toolbar.Install Installs necessary functions to modify FileMaker's toolbar. | 4.3 |
| Toolbar.InstallBackground Installs a background for the toolbar. | 4.3 |
| Toolbar.Register Registers a new toolbar button. | 4.3 |
| Toolbar.SetImage Overwrites image used for a toolbar item. | 6.4 |
| Toolbar.SetLabel Overwrites label used for a toolbar item. | 6.4 |
| Toolbar.SetPaletteLabel Overwrites palette label used for a toolbar item. | 6.4 |
| Toolbar.SetTooltip Overwrites tooltip used for a toolbar item. | 6.4 |
| Toolbar.Unregister Removes an item from the list of identifiers. | 4.3 |
| TouchBar.AddButton Adds a simple button. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.AssignToApp Assigns the TouchBar to be the main one for current app. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.AssignToWindow Assigns the TouchBar to be the one used with the given window. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Available Checks wether TouchBar is available. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Clear Clears items in this TouchBar. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Create Creates a new touch bar object. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetAutomaticCustomizeTouchBarMenuItemEnabled Queries whether customize menu is automatically enabled. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationAllowedItemIdentifiers Queries allowed items identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationIdentifier Queries the customization identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetCustomizationRequiredItemIdentifiers Queries the required identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetDefaultItemIdentifiers Queries the default identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetItemIdentifiers Queries the resolved array of item identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.GetPrincipalItemIdentifier Queries the principal item identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Release Releases the TouchBar. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetAutomaticCustomizeTouchBarMenuItemEnabled Sets whether customize menu is automatically enabled. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationAllowedItemIdentifiers Sets allowed items identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationIdentifier Sets the customization identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetCustomizationRequiredItemIdentifiers Sets the required identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetDefaultItemIdentifiers Sets the default identifiers. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.SetPrincipalItemIdentifier Sets the principal item identifier. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.ToggleCustomizationPalette Show or dismiss the customization palette for the currently displayed touch bars. | 6.5 |
| TouchBar.Visible Queries visible state. | 6.5 |
| Trace Starts logging all plugin calls to a text file. | 2.4 |
| Trace.AreErrorNotificationsEnabled Checks whether error notifications are enabled. | 5.0 |
| Trace.DisableErrorNotifications Disables error notifications. | 5.0 |
| Trace.EnableErrorNotifications Enable error notifications. | 5.0 |
| Trace.ErrorsOnly Limits logging to errors only. | 3.5 |
| Trace.Off Disables tracing. | 3.3 |
| Twain.Acquire Acquires a picture. | 3.1 |
| Twain.ClearCancelScript Clears the cancel script. | 3.3 |
| Twain.ClearNotificationScript Clears the notification script. | 3.3 |
| Twain.CloseDS Closes data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.CloseDSM Closes data source manager. | 3.1 |
| Twain.CurrentDSIdentity Queries current data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.CurrentImage Queries the current image from last query. | 3.1 |
| Twain.DisableDS Disables the data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetAutofeed Queries whether plugin should auto feed (if feeder is enabled). | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetAutomaticBorderDetection Queries whether plugin should enable automatic border detection. | 3.3 |
| Twain.GetAutomaticBrightness Queries the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any). | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetAutomaticRotate Queries whether plugin should enable automatic rotation. | 3.3 |
| Twain.GetBrightness Queries the brightness setting to use. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetCloseAfterTransfer Whether to close window and data source after a transfer. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetCompressionQuality Queries the current quality setting. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetContrast Queries which contrast value to use. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetDSIdentitiesCount Queries number of data sources. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetDSIdentity Queries data source with given index. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetDefaultIdentity Queries default data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetDiscardBlankPages Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.2 |
| Twain.GetDuplexEnabled Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.2 |
| Twain.GetFeededEnabled Queries whether plugin should enable feeder. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetFilePaths Queries the list of file paths used to create files. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetFileType Queries the current file type. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetFolderPath Queries the folder path. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetGamma Queries the gamma correction value for the image data. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetHighlight Queries which value to use for highlight. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetImageCount Queries the number of images in memory. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetOrientation Queries current orientation. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetPaper Queries the paper to use. | 5.1 |
| Twain.GetPixelType Queries current pixel type setting. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetResolutionX Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetResolutionY Queries the current resolution setting for the next scan. | 3.1 |
| Twain.GetShadow Queries which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow. | 3.5 |
| Twain.GetUIVisible Queries internal state from plugin about whether a TWAIN dialog is visible currently. | 3.3 |
| Twain.ImageInfo Queries image details for last scanned image. | 3.1 |
| Twain.Initialize Initializes the Twain functions. | 3.1 |
| Twain.IsDSEnabled Whether data source is enabled. | 3.1 |
| Twain.IsInitialized Checks if Twain library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| Twain.OpenDS Opens a data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.OpenDSM Opens data source manager. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SelectDS Queries dialog to ask the user to select a data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SelectDSIdentity Sets current data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetAutofeed Whether to enable auto feed when next scan starts. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetAutomaticBorderDetection Whether to enable automatic border detection when next scan starts. | 3.3 |
| Twain.SetAutomaticBrightness Enables or disables the Source's Auto-brightness function (if any). | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetAutomaticRotate Whether to enable automatic rotation when next scan starts. | 3.3 |
| Twain.SetBrightness Sets the brightness setting to use. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetCancelScript Sets the script to call when a dialog was shown and the user pressed Cancel button. | 3.3 |
| Twain.SetCloseAfterTransfer Whether to close window and data source after a transfer. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetCompressionQuality Sets the compression quality for JPEG images. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetContrast Sets which contrast value to use. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetDefaultDSIdentity Sets default data source. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetDiscardBlankPages Whether to have the scanner ask to discard blank pages. | 3.2 |
| Twain.SetDuplexEnabled Whether to enable duplex when next scan starts. | 3.2 |
| Twain.SetFeededEnabled Whether to enable feeder when next scan starts. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetFileType Sets the file type to use for writing image files. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetFolderPath Sets the folder path for storing image files. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetGamma Sets the gamma correction value for the image data. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetHighlight Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the lightest highlight. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SetNotificationScript Sets the script to call when a transfer is complete and you can query image. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetOrientation Sets current orientation. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetPaper Requests to use a certain paper. | 5.1 |
| Twain.SetPaperSize Requests a page size in inches. | 5.1 |
| Twain.SetPixelType Sets the pixel type requested on next Twain.Acquire command. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetResolutionX Sets the horizontal resolution for scanning. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetResolutionY Sets the vertical resolution for scanning. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SetShadow Specifies which value in an image should be interpreted as the darkest shadow. | 3.5 |
| Twain.SupportsBW Whether device supports black and white pixel type. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SupportsGray Whether current device supports gray pixel type. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SupportsMemoryTransfer Whether device supports memory transfers. | 3.1 |
| Twain.SupportsRGB Whether current device supports RGB pixel type. | 3.1 |
| Twain.TransferImage Transfers an image. | 3.1 |
| URLScheme.GetDefaultHandler Queries the default scheme handler for the given scheme name. | 3.0 |
| URLScheme.InstallURLEventHandler Installs an event handler for the URL event and calls the script you specify with the URL as parameter. | 2.0 |
| URLScheme.SetDefaultHandler Sets the user's preferred handler for the specified URL scheme to point to the current application. | 2.0 |
| USB.Count Queries all USB Devices and returns the number of found devices. | 2.4 |
| USB.FindDevice Finds USB devices. | 2.4 |
| USB.FindSerialNumber Searches the USB device list for a device with the given serial number. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetProductID Queries the product ID of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetProductName Queries the product name of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetSerialNumber Queries the serial number of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetVendorID Queries the vendor ID of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| USB.GetVendorName Queries the vendor name of an USB device. | 2.4 |
| UUID.Formatted Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a formatted string. | 2.3 |
| UUID.FromNumber Converts from formatted UUID to UUID number. | 8.2 |
| UUID.Hex Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a hex string. | 2.3 |
| UUID.Number Creates new UUID number. | 8.2 |
| UUID.Raw Creates a new UUID/GUID and returns it as a 16 byte string. The string is not for displaying to users, but for small footprint on storage. | 2.3 |
| UUID.ToNumber Converts from UUID number to formatted UUID. | 8.2 |
| UnZipFile.Close Closes the current zip file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ExtractFiles Extracts all files from current archive into a folder. | 6.0 |
| UnZipFile.GlobalComment Reads the global comment of the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCRC Queries the checksum for a file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemComment Queries the file comment of the given item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressedSize Queries compressed item size. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCompressionMethod Queries the compression method used for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemCount Queries number of items in the archive. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemDate Queries file date of item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemDiskNumberStart Queries the disk number start. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemExternalFileAttributes Queries the external file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemFlag Queries the flags for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemInternalFileAttributes Queries the internal file attributes for this item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemName Queries the file name of the given item. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileComment Queries the size of the comment in bytes. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileExtra Queries the size of extra file data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemSizeFileName Queries the size of the file name. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemUncompressedSize Queries uncompressed item size. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersion Queries the version number of the zip format used to create this entry. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ItemVersionNeeded Returns the version needed to uncompress this entry. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.OpenContainer Opens a zip archive stored in a container. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.OpenFile Opens a zip archive file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsFileContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsGIFContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with GIF data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsHex Reads the file with given index as data and return hex text. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsJPEGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with JPEG data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsPNGContainer Reads the file with given index as container value with PNG data. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadAsText Reads the file with given index as text. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.ReadToFile Reads file from archive and writes it to a new file. | 3.4 |
| UnZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for uncompressing. | 5.1 |
| Updater.CheckForUpdates Explicitly checks for updates and displays a progress dialog while doing so. | 6.5 |
| Updater.CheckForUpdatesInBackground Checks for updates, but does not display any UI unless an update is found. | 6.5 |
| Updater.GetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates Queries whether automatic update check is enabled. | 6.5 |
| Updater.GetAutomaticallyDownloadsUpdates Queries whether automatic update download is enabled. | 6.5 |
| Updater.GetFeedURL Queries the URL of the update feed. | 6.5 |
| Updater.GetSendsSystemProfile Queries whether to send system profile while updating. | 6.5 |
| Updater.LastUpdateCheckDate Queries the last update check timestamp. | 6.5 |
| Updater.SetAutomaticallyChecksForUpdates Turns automatically checking for updates on or off. | 6.5 |
| Updater.SetAutomaticallyDownloadsUpdates Sets whether automatic update download is enabled. | 6.5 |
| Updater.SetSendsSystemProfile Sets whether to send system profile while updating. | 6.5 |
| Updater.UpdateInProgress Queries whether an update is in progress. | 6.5 |
| UserNotification.ClearDidActivateNotificationScript Clears the name for the activate notification handler. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.ClearDidDeliverNotificationScript Clears the name for the deliver notification handler. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.ContentImage Queries image shown in the content of the notification. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.Create Creates a new user notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetActionButtonTitle Queries current action button title. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetActivationType Queries how the notification was activated. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetActualDeliveryDate Queries actual delivery date. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetDeliveryDate Queries the planned delivery date. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetDeliveryTimeZone Queries the time zone for this notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetDescription Queries description for debugging. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetIdentifier Queries the identifier used to uniquely identify a notification. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.GetInformativeText Queries the body text of the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetOtherButtonTitle Queries the other button's custom title. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetResponse Queries the response text. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.GetResponsePlaceholder Queries the optional placeholder for inline reply field. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.GetSoundName Queries sound name for notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetSubTitle Queries the current sub title of the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetTitle Queries current title of notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.GetUserInfo Queries application specific user info data. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.HasReplyButton Queries whether the notification has a reply button. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.Release Releases a notification reference. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetActionButtonTitle Sets the title of the button displayed in the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetContentImage Sets image shown in the content of the notification. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.SetDeliveryDate Sets the delivery date. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetDeliveryTimeZone Set the time zone to interpret the delivery date in. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetDidActivateNotificationScript Sets the activation notification action handler. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetDidDeliverNotificationScript Sets the delivery notification action handler. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetHasActionButton Sets whether notification has an action button. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetHasReplyButton Sets whether the notification has a reply button. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.SetIdentifier Sets the identifier used to uniquely identify a notification. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.SetInformativeText Sets the body of the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetOtherButtonTitle Set the localized string to customize the title of the 'Close' button in an alert-style notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetResponsePlaceholder Sets the optional placeholder for inline reply field. | 3.5 |
| UserNotification.SetSoundName Sets sound name. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetSubTitle Sets the subtitle displayed in the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetTitle Sets the title of the notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.SetUserInfo Stores Application-specific user info that may be retrieved later. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.deliverNotification Deliver a notification immediately, including animation or sound alerts. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.deliveredNotifications Queries list of all delivered notifications. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.hasActionButton Queries whether notification has an action button. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.isPresented Whether the notification has been presented. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.isRemote Queries whether this is a remote notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.removeAllDeliveredNotifications Clear all delivered notifications for this application from the notification center. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.removeDeliveredNotification Clear a delivered notification from the notification center. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.removeScheduledNotification Cancels a notification. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.scheduleNotification Add a notification to the center for scheduling. | 2.8 |
| UserNotification.scheduledNotifications Queries list of all delivered notifications. | 2.8 |
| Validate.CheckReceipt Validates the receipt. | 2.2 |
| Validate.Exit Quits the application with the given error code. | 2.2 |
| Validate.FindReceipt Finds the receipt by looking up the location of the application. | 2.2 |
| Version Useful for doing auto-updates from server and version checking. | 1.0 |
| VersionAutoUpdate Returns the version in the auto update format. e.g. 02040028 | 2.4 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Cancel Cancels download. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearBeginDownloadHandler Clears the script called for beginning downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearDidDownloadHandler Clears the script called for finished downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFailHandler Clears the script called for failed downloads. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearFolder Clears the download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ClearProgressHandler Clears the script called for download progress. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.DownloadedLength Number of bytes downloaded so far. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.ErrorMessage The last error message from download. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.GetFolder Queries current defined download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Install Assigns this webviewer our download delegate. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.MIMEType Returns the MIME type. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.Path The file path of the downloaded file. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetBeginDownloadHandler Sets the script called when a download is about to begin. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetDidDownloadHandler Sets the script called when a download finished. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetFailHandler Sets the script called when a download failed. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetFolder Sets the download folder. | 2.8 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.SetProgressHandler Sets the script called when a download made progress. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.URL Queries current URL. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.expectedContentLength Returns the expected content length. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.suggestedFilename Returns a suggested filename. | 2.7 |
| WebDownloadDelegate.textEncodingName Returns the name of the receiver's text encoding provided by the response's originating source. | 2.7 |
| WebPolicyDelegate.AddMimeType Adds a mime type to the action list for the policy decisions. | 2.7 |
| WebPolicyDelegate.Install Assigns this webviewer our policy delegate as a filter to the FileMaker built in delegate. | 2.7 |
| WebPolicyDelegate.RemoveMimeType Removes a mime type to the action list for the policy decisions. | 2.7 |
| WebView.AllowsAnyHTTPSCertificateForHost Allows a certain host to allow use of any HTTP certificates. | 6.2 |
| WebView.ClearSelection Clears selection. | 7.4 |
| WebView.ClickInput Clicks the specified Input Element. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Close Closes a custom webview. | 7.4 |
| WebView.Cookies.ClearForURL Deletes all cookies for a given website. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Cookies.Count Queries number of cookies. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Cookies.Query Queries a property of a cookie. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Copy Copies current text selection to clipboard. | 7.4 |
| WebView.CopyFormattedText Copies formatted text from webview to clipboard. | 3.1 |
| WebView.Create Creates a new webview inside the window with the given rectangle. | 7.4 |
| WebView.CreateOnPopover Creates a new webview inside the window on top of popover with the given rectangle. | 8.1 |
| WebView.Cut Cuts current text selection. | 7.4 |
| WebView.DisableJavascriptAlerts Disables alert() command in Javascript. | 2.5 |
| WebView.EstimatedProgress Returns the estimated progress of the webviewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.FindByName Returns a unique ID that references a the web viewer. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FindWindowByIndex Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FindWindowByTitle Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.3 |
| WebView.FormReset Resets the Specified Form. | 1.4 |
| WebView.FormSubmit Submits the specified Form | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetAutoResizingMask Queries auto resizing mask. | 7.5 |
| WebView.GetCustomUserAgent Queries the current custom user agent string. | 2.9 |
| WebView.GetEditable Queries the editable state. | 3.0 |
| WebView.GetForm Returns the name of the form with the given index. | 1.6 |
| WebView.GetFormButtonValue Gets the value of the specified Button. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormCount Returns the number of forms on the website which is currently visible in the webviewer. | 1.6 |
| WebView.GetFormInputChecked Returns the value of the specified check box or radiobutton. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormInputValue Returns the value of the specified Input Form. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormSelectOptions Queries the possible values of a select element. | 3.1 |
| WebView.GetFormSelectValue Gets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormTextAreaValue Returns the value of the specified text area. | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetFormValue Returns the value from the Specified Field. | 1.3 |
| WebView.GetFormattedText Queries the current text of the document. | 5.0 |
| WebView.GetHTMLText Queries the current HTML of the document. | 2.8 |
| WebView.GetHidden Queries a web viewer’s hidden state. | 7.1 |
| WebView.GetIcon Queries the favorite icon of current webpage. | 5.0 |
| WebView.GetImage Returns a property of the image with the given index. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetImageCount Returns the number of images on the current webpage. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetLink Returns a property of the link with the given index. | 1.8 |
| WebView.GetLinkCount Returns the number of links on the current webpage. | 1.8 |
| WebView.GetPlainText Queries the current text of the document. | 3.1 |
| WebView.GetPreferences Queries WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GetPrintParameter Queries print parameters | 2.1 |
| WebView.GetSource Queries the html source from the webviewer. | 1.5 |
| WebView.GetSourceData Queries the source data from the webviewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.GetTitle Returns the current title of the web page that is being displayed by the specified WebViewer | 1.4 |
| WebView.GetURL Queries the current document URL in the webviewer. | 2.2 |
| WebView.GoBack Moves backward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
| WebView.GoForward Moves forward a page in the history. | 2.4 |
| WebView.InstallCallback This function needs to be called one time to enable JavaScript to reach out out from the web viewer to run a FileMaker Script. | 1.3 |
| WebView.InstallMultiFileOpenDialog Installs support to the WebViewer for multiple file selections. | 5.1 |
| WebView.IsLoading This function returns True if the Specified web viewer is still loading. | 1.4 |
| WebView.LoadHTML Loads HTML string to webviewer. | 3.0 |
| WebView.LoadJavascriptURL Loads the given javscript URL into the webviewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.LoadURL Loads the given URL into the webviewer. | 2.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextLarger Increases the text size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextSmaller Decreases the text size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.MakeTextStandardSize Sets text to standard size. | 4.1 |
| WebView.Passwords.Clear Clears the list of passwords. | 6.3 |
| WebView.Passwords.Install Installs the plugin functions which watch for password requests on a webviewer. | 6.3 |
| WebView.Passwords.Set Stores a password for later. | 6.3 |
| WebView.Paste Pastes text from clipboard. | 7.4 |
| WebView.Print Prints the current webview content. | 1.8 |
| WebView.PrintToFile Prints the current webview content to PDF file. | 4.0 |
| WebView.Release Releases a web viewer iD. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Reload Reloads the WebViewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.RenderImage Renders the webview to a picture. | 2.1 |
| WebView.RenderPDF Renders the webview to a PDF. | 3.0 |
| WebView.RunJavaScript Executes the Javascript on the specified webViewer control. | 1.3 |
| WebView.RunJavaScriptReturnTitle Run the specified JavaScript and then returns the value of the title property to FileMaker. | 1.4 |
| WebView.Screenshot Takes a screenshot of the area used by the webviewer. | 3.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | 5.0 |
| WebView.Scrollbar.set Scrolls to the given coordinates. | 5.0 |
| WebView.SearchText Searches text in a webviewer. | 2.3 |
| WebView.SelectAll Selects all text in web viewer. | 7.4 |
| WebView.SelectedText Queries text of current selection. | 5.0 |
| WebView.SetAutoResizingMask Sets the auto resizing mask. | 7.5 |
| WebView.SetCustomUserAgent Sets the custom user agent text. | 2.9 |
| WebView.SetEditable Sets whether the web viewer allows the user to edit its HTML document. | 3.0 |
| WebView.SetFormButtonValue Sets the value of a Button on the specified form | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormInputChecked Sets the value of the specified Check Box or Radiobutton. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormInputValue Sets the value of the specified input element | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormSelectValue Sets the value of a select element, such as a list or a combo box or a menu. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormTextAreaValue Sets the value of a Text Area Element. | 1.4 |
| WebView.SetFormValue Set the value of the specified Field in a webviewer. | 1.3 |
| WebView.SetHidden Sets a web viewer to be invisible. | 7.1 |
| WebView.SetPreferences Sets WebView preferences parameters. | 2.2 |
| WebView.SetPrintParameter Sets print parameters for Webview.Print method. | 2.1 |
| WebView.SetTitle Sets the title of the web page that is currently being displayed in the web Viewer. | 1.4 |
| WebView.canResetPageZoom Whether web page can be reset. | 4.1 |
| WebView.canZoomPageIn Whether web page can be zoomed in. | 4.1 |
| WebView.canZoomPageOut Whether web page can be zoomed out. | 4.1 |
| WebView.getMediaVolume Queries the maximum volume of all sounds generated on this webview. | 4.1 |
| WebView.getPageSizeMultiplier Queries the page size multiplier. | 4.1 |
| WebView.resetPageZoom Resets the web page zoom. | 4.1 |
| WebView.setMediaVolume Sets the maximum volume of all sounds generated on this webview. | 4.1 |
| WebView.setPageSizeMultiplier Sets the page size multiplier. | 4.1 |
| WebView.zoomPageIn Zooms web page in. | 4.1 |
| WebView.zoomPageOut Zooms web page out. | 4.1 |
| Webview.AddScriptMessageHandler Adds a script message handler. | 8.0 |
| Webview.AllCookies Returns all website cookies as JSON. | 8.4 |
| Webview.RemoveScriptMessageHandler Removes a script message handler. | 8.0 |
| Window.Activate Activates the window. | 2.8 |
| Window.AddBottomOverlay Adds a control on bottom of the window to hide FileMakers controls behind it. | 5.3 |
| Window.AsPDF Renders the window as PDF so you can save it in a container value. Includes a JPEG preview. | 2.3 |
| Window.ClearFocus Clears focus of Window. | 6.1 |
| Window.ClearTouchBar Clears a TouchBar assigned to a window. | 8.4 |
| Window.ConfigureToolbarMenu Configures toolbar menu. | 8.3 |
| Window.Current Queries the reference number of current window. | 5.2 |
| Window.DisableScrollbars Disables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.9 |
| Window.EnableScrollbars Enables the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.9 |
| Window.Fade Fades window in or out. | 5.4 |
| Window.FindByIndex Returns the Window Reference for a window specified by the Index parameter. | 1.0 |
| Window.FindByTitle This function can be used to find the Reference to the window. | 1.1 |
| Window.GetAlpha Queries the current alpha value of the window. | 2.7 |
| Window.GetClassName Queries the internal class name for the window. | 2.8 |
| Window.GetCurrentTag Queries window tag for current window. | 6.3 |
| Window.GetHeight Queries height of a window. | 2.8 |
| Window.GetLeft Queries left of a window. | 2.8 |
| Window.GetMaxHeight Queries maximum allowed height for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.GetMaxWidth Queries maximum allowed width for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.GetMinHeight Queries minimum allowed height for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.GetMinWidth Queries minimum allowed width for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.GetTag Queries tag for window. | 6.3 |
| Window.GetTitle Get's the title of the window designated by the WindowRef. | 1.2 |
| Window.GetTitleVisible Queries whether title bar of window is visible. | 6.0 |
| Window.GetTitlebarAppearsTransparent Query titlebar transparency. | 6.0 |
| Window.GetToolbarConfiguration Returns the toolbar configuration. | 4.3 |
| Window.GetToolbarCustomizationPaletteIsRunning Returns whether the toolbar customization palette is running (in use). | 4.3 |
| Window.GetToolbarVisible Returns whether the toolbar is visible. | 4.3 |
| Window.GetTop Queries top of a window. | 2.8 |
| Window.GetTopMost Queries whether window is topmost. | 4.2 |
| Window.GetWidth Queries width of a window. | 2.8 |
| Window.HasCloseButton You can control wether a Window has a close button or not. | 1.1 |
| Window.HasMiniaturizeButton This function returns the current state of the window's Miniaturize button. | 1.1 |
| Window.HasShadow This function returns the current state of the Window's Shadow. | 1.1 |
| Window.HasZoomButton You can control wether a Window has a Zoom button or not. | 1.1 |
| Window.Hide Hides the window Specified by the Window Reference | 1.0 |
| Window.HideContent Hides the window content view. | 2.2 |
| Window.HideOverlay Hides the overlay view on a given window. | 2.3 |
| Window.HideScrollbars Hides the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.4 |
| Window.IgnoresMouseEvents Queries whether mouse events are ignored. | 1.1 |
| Window.IsFullScreen Queries whether window is fullscreen. | 3.0 |
| Window.IsFullScreenAuxiliary Whether this window is a fullscreen auxiliary window. | 3.0 |
| Window.IsFullScreenPrimary Whether this window is a fullscreen primary window. | 3.0 |
| Window.IsModified Queries whether document has been modified. | 1.1 |
| Window.IsVisible Queries whether a window is visible. | 1.0 |
| Window.List Queries the list of FileMaker windows. | 3.3 |
| Window.ListCommands Queries list of commands for window. | 6.5 |
| Window.Maximize Maximizes window. | 6.0 |
| Window.Minimize Minimizes window. | 6.0 |
| Window.ModalDialogFront Checks if there is a front dialog window. | 5.4 |
| Window.Move Moves the window animated. | 2.2 |
| Window.Resizable Queries whether window is resizable. | 2.4 |
| Window.Resize Resizes the window animated. | 2.2 |
| Window.ResizeContentView Resizes content view of window. | 6.0 |
| Window.RunCommand Performs a function on a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.RunToolbarCustomizationPalette Runs the toolbar customization palette. | 4.3 |
| Window.Screenshot Creates screenshot from a window. | 5.4 |
| Window.Scrollbar.GetScrollElasticity Queries the elasticity mode of the scrollbar in a FileMaker window. | 6.5 |
| Window.Scrollbar.SetScrollElasticity Sets the scroll elasticity for a window. | 6.5 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalMaximum Queries maximum value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getHorizontalPosition Queries current value for horizontal scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalMaximum Queries maximum value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.getVerticalPosition Queries current value for vertical scrollbar. | 6.2 |
| Window.Scrollbar.set Scrolls to the given coordinates. | 6.2 |
| Window.ScrollbarsVisible Whether scrollbars are visible or not in this window. | 2.7 |
| Window.SetAlpha Set Alpha can be used to set the transparency of a window. | 1.0 |
| Window.SetBounds Sets the bounds of the window. | 1.0 |
| Window.SetCloseButton Switches the close button on the window on or off. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetCurrentTag Set window tag for current window. | 6.3 |
| Window.SetDockImage Sets the dock image for a window. | 7.5 |
| Window.SetFullScreenAuxiliary Sets this window to be an auxiliary window. | 3.0 |
| Window.SetFullScreenPrimary Sets this window to be a primary window. | 3.0 |
| Window.SetIgnoresMouseEvents Disables mouse input for this window. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetMaxHeight Sets maximum allowed height for the window. | 6.5 |
| Window.SetMaxWidth Sets maximum allowed width for the window. | 6.5 |
| Window.SetMinHeight Sets minimum required height for the window. | 6.5 |
| Window.SetMinWidth Sets minimum required width for the window. | 6.5 |
| Window.SetMiniaturizeButton This function enables or disables the the Miniaturize Button on a window. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetModified Sets the modified state of the window. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetResizable Sets whether window is resizable. | 2.4 |
| Window.SetShadow Turns shadow on or off. | 1.1 |
| Window.SetShowsToolbarButton Sets whether toolbar on/off button should be shown or not. | 2.4 |
| Window.SetTag Sets tag for window. | 6.3 |
| Window.SetTitle Set the title of the window designated by the WindowRef. | 1.2 |
| Window.SetTitleVisible Sets whether title bar of window is visible. | 6.0 |
| Window.SetTitlebarAppearsTransparent Sets titlebar transparency. | 6.0 |
| Window.SetToolbarConfiguration Sets the toolbar configuration. | 4.3 |
| Window.SetToolbarVisible Sets whether the toolbar is visible or hidden. | 4.3 |
| Window.SetTopMost Sets window to be topmost. | 4.2 |
| Window.SetZoomButton This function enables or disables the the Zoom Button on a window. | 1.1 |
| Window.Show Shows the window Specified by the Window Reference. | 1.0 |
| Window.ShowCharacterPalette Shows the standard MacOS character palette. | 7.2 |
| Window.ShowContent Shows the window content view. | 2.2 |
| Window.ShowOverlay Adds an overlay to the window to dark content. | 2.3 |
| Window.ShowScrollbars Shows the scrollbars in a FileMaker window. | 2.4 |
| Window.ShowTableViewDialog Shows the dialog to modify the fields for table view. | 6.5 |
| Window.ShowsToolbarButton Queries whether toolbar on/off button should be shown or not. | 2.4 |
| Window.ToggleFullScreen Toggles fullscreen mode for this window. | 3.0 |
| Window.TopHeight Queries window's toolbar height. | 8.3 |
| Window.Update Asks the window to redraw. | 2.8 |
| WindowTransition.Perform Performs the transitions. | 1.5 |
| WindowTransition.Prepare Prepare the a transition to apply to the whole screen. | 1.5 |
| WindowTransition.PrepareWindow Prepare the a transition to apply to the front FileMaker window. | 1.5 |
| WordFile.Append Appends one word file text to other. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.AppendTableRow Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
| WordFile.DuplicateTableRow Duplicates a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.1 |
| WordFile.FieldNames Queries field names in the file. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.GetCaseless Queries caseless state. | 7.4 |
| WordFile.GetFieldText Queries field value. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.GetMediaFile Queries media file in word file. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.GetXML Queries xml content of the word file. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.HasTag Checks if a tag exists. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.MediaFiles Queries list of media files in the word file. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.OpenContainer Opens a word file from container. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.OpenFile Opens a word file from file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.OpenText Opens a word xml file from text. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.Parts Queries names of the parts of the document. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Release Frees the memory used for the word file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.RemoveTableRow Removes a table row containing a placeholder. | 7.0 |
| WordFile.ReplaceTag Replaces a placeholder with text. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.SetCaseless Sets caseless state. | 7.4 |
| WordFile.SetFieldText Sets field value. | 7.5 |
| WordFile.SetMarkers Sets the markers to look for before/after a tag. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.SetMediaFile Sets a media file image. | 6.3 |
| WordFile.SetXML Sets the xml for this word file. | 6.2 |
| WordFile.Texts Extracts text of word file. | 5.4 |
| WordFile.WriteFile Writes a file to disk. | 5.4 |
| X509.Description Provides a description of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.Duplicate Creates a copy of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.IssuerName The issuer name. | 7.0 |
| X509.Name The name of the certificate. | 7.0 |
| X509.Read Reads a PEM certificate from text. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReadFromContainer Reads a certificate from a container value. | 7.0 |
| X509.ReadFromFile Reads a certificate from a PEM file. | 7.0 |
| X509.Release Releases the certificate from memory. | 7.0 |
| X509.SerialNumber Queries the serial number. | 7.0 |
| X509.SubjectName The subject name. | 7.0 |
| X509.Version Queries the version of the file. | 7.0 |
| XL.Book.AddCustomNumFormat Adds a new custom number format to the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFont Adds a new font to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddFormat Adds a new format to the workbook, initial parameters can be copied from other format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddPictureContainer Adds a picture to the workbook from container. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddPictureFile Adds a picture to the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.AddSheet Adds a new sheet to this book, returns the sheet index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.BiffVersion Returns BIFF version of binary file. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.CustomNumFormat Returns a custom format string for specified custom format identifier fmt. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheet Deletes a sheet with specified index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.DeleteSheetsExcept Deletes all sheets except the one with given name. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.FontCount Returns a number of fonts in this book. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.FormatCount Returns a number of formats in this book. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetActiveSheet Returns an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontName Returns a default font name for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetDefaultFontSize Returns a default font size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetPicture Returns a picture at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetPictureType Returns a picture type at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetRGBMode Returns whether the RGB mode is active. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetRefR1C1 Returns whether the R1C1 reference mode is active. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.GetText Queries the text of a workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.InsertSheet Inserts a new sheet to this book at position index, returns the new sheet index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.IsDate1904 Returns whether the 1904 date system is active. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.IsTemplate Returns whether the workbook is template. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.MoveSheet Moves a sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.Release Frees a workbook from memory. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.Save Writes excel file to container for storing in database. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SaveToFile Saves current workbook into xls-file. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetActiveSheet Sets an active sheet index in this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetDate1904 Sets the date system mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.SetDefaultFont Sets a default font name and size for this workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetRGBMode Sets a RGB mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetRefR1C1 Sets the R1C1 reference mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SetTemplate Sets the template flag. | 7.2 |
| XL.Book.SheetCount Queries how many sheets are part of the workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Book.SheetIndexForName Queries sheet index for sheet name. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.Sheets Queries list of sheet names. | 5.4 |
| XL.Book.Version Queries version of book. | 7.2 |
| XL.Color.Pack Packs red, green and blue components in color type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Color.UnPack Unpacks color type to red, green and blue components. | 3.5 |
| XL.CopyContent Copies all content from one book to other book. | 5.1 |
| XL.CopyRow Copies a row from one row to another row. | 6.5 |
| XL.CopySheet Copies a sheet to another book. | 6.5 |
| XL.Date.DoubleToTimeStamp Converts a timestamp number to a timestamp value. | 5.0 |
| XL.Date.Pack Packs date and time information into double type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Date.TimeStampToDouble Converts a date to a numeric value for writing in a number cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Date.UnPack Unpacks date and time information from double type. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetBold Returns whether the font is bold. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetColor Returns the color of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetItalic Returns whether the font is italic. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetName Returns the name of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetScript Returns the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetSize Returns the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetStrikeOut Returns whether the font is strikeout. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.GetUnderline Returns the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetBold Turns on/off the bold font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetColor Sets the color of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetItalic Turns on/off the italic font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetName Sets the name of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetScript Sets the script style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetSize Sets the size of the font in points. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetStrikeOut Turns on/off the strikeout font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Font.SetUnderline Sets the underline style of the font. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetAlignH Returns the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetAlignV Returns the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottom Returns the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderBottomColor Returns the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonal Returns the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalColor Returns the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderDiagonalStyle Gets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeft Returns the left border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderLeftColor Returns the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRight Returns the right border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderRightColor Returns the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTop Returns the top border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetBorderTopColor Returns the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetFillPattern Returns the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetFont Returns the font for this format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetHidden Returns whether the hidden property is set to true. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetIndent Returns the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetLocked Returns whether the locked property is set to true. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetNumFormat Returns the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetPatternBackgroundColor Returns the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetPatternForegroundColor Returns the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetRotation Returns the text rotation. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetShrinkToFit Returns whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.GetWrap Returns whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetAlignH Sets the horizontal alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetAlignV Sets the vertical alignment. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorder Sets the border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottom Sets the bottom border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderBottomColor Sets the color of the bottom border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderColor Sets the border color. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonal Sets the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalColor Sets the color of the diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderDiagonalStyle Sets the style for diagonal border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeft Sets the left border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderLeftColor Sets the color of the left border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRight Sets the right border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderRightColor Sets the color of the right border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTop Sets the top border style. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetBorderTopColor Sets the color of the top border. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetFillPattern Sets the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetFont Sets the font for the format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetHidden Sets the hidden property. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetIndent Sets the text indentation level. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetLocked Sets the locked property. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetNumFormat Sets the number format identifier. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetPatternBackgroundColor Sets the background color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetPatternForegroundColor Sets the foreground color of the fill pattern. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetRotation Sets the text rotation. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetShrinkToFit Sets the flag whether the cell is shrink-to-fit. | 3.5 |
| XL.Format.SetWrap Sets the flag whether the cell text is wrapped. | 3.5 |
| XL.Initialize Initializes the XL library by loading it. | 2.9 |
| XL.IsInitialized Checks if libXL library has been initialized. | 4.2 |
| XL.LoadBook Loads a Excel file. | 2.9 |
| XL.LoadBookPartially Loads a Excel file partially. | 8.0 |
| XL.NewBook Creates a new workbook in memory. | 2.9 |
| XL.Sheet.AddHyperlink Adds the new hyperlink. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AddIgnoredError Adds the ignored error for specified range. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AddrToRowCol Converts a cell reference to row and column. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ApplyFilter Applies the AutoFilter to the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter Initializes the AutoFilter. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.AddFilter Adds the filter value. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Clear Clear the filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.ColumnSize Returns the number of specified AutoFilter columns which have a filter information. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.Filter Returns the filter value by index. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterSize Returns the number of filter values. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.FilterType Returns the filter type of this AutoFilter column. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetCustomFilter Gets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetRef Gets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSort Gets the zero-based index of sorted column in AutoFilter and its sort order. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetSortRange Gets the whole range of data to sort. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.GetTop10 Gets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetCustomFilter Sets the custom filter criteria. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetRef Sets the cell range of AutoFilter with header. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetSort Sets the sorted column in AutoFilter by zero-based index and its sort order. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.AutoFilter.SetTop10 Sets the number of top or bottom items. | 7.3 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsDate Checks that cell contains a date or time value. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellIsFormula Checks that cell contains a formula. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBlank Checks if cell is blank. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBoolean Reads a boolean value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadBooleans Reads all the boolean values in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComment Reads a comment value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadComments Reads all the comments from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDate Reads a number value from a cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadDates Reads all the dates from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormula Reads the formula value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadFormulas Reads all the formulas from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumber Reads a number value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadNumbers Reads all the numbers from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadText Reads a text value from a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellReadTexts Reads all the texts from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellType Queries type of cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlank Writes a blank cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBlanks Writes blanks to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBoolean Writes a boolean value into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteBooleans Writes booleans to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComment Writes a comment to a cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteComments Writes comments to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDate Writes a number into cell. | 5.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteDates Writes dates to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteError Writes error into the cell with specified format. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormula Writes a formula into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaBoolean Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaNumber Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulaText Writes a formula and value in a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteFormulas Writes formulas to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumber Writes a number into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteNumbers Writes numbers to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteText Writes a string into cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CellWriteTexts Writes texts to an area of cells. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.Clear Clears cells in specified area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintArea Clears the print area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.ClearPrintRepeats Clears repeated rows and columns on each page. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.CopyCell Copies cell with format from (rowSrc, colSrc) to (rowDst, colDst). | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.DelHyperlink Removes hyperlink by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.DelMergeByIndex Removes merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteMerge Removes merged cells. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.DeleteNamedRange Deletes the named range by name. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellError Reads error from cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellErrors Reads all the errors from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormat Returns cell's format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetCellFormats Reads all the formats from cells in an area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColHidden Returns whether column is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetColWidth Returns column width. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetDisplayGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are displayed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstCol Returns the first column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFirstRow Returns the first row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooter Returns the footer text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetFooterMargin Returns the footer margin in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryBelow Returns whether grouping rows summary is below. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetGroupSummaryRight Returns whether grouping columns summary is right. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeader Returns the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHeaderMargin Returns the header margin in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHidden Returns whether sheet is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreak Returns row with horizontal page break at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetHorPageBreakCount Returns a number of horizontal page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLandscape Returns a page orientation mode. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastCol Returns the zero-based index of the column after the last column in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetLastRow Returns the zero-based index of the row after the last row in the sheet that contains a used cell. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginBottom Returns the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginLeft Returns the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginRight Returns the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMarginTop Returns the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetMerge Gets merged cells for cell at row, col. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetName Returns the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetNamedRange Gets the named range coordianates by name. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPaper Returns the paper size. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPicture Returns a workbook picture index at position index in worksheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintArea Gets the print area. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintFit Returns whether fit to page option is enabled. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintGridlines Returns whether the gridlines are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatCols Gets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRepeatRows Gets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintRow Returns whether the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetPrintZoom Returns the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetProtect Returns whether sheet is protected. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHeight Returns row height. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetRowHidden Returns whether row is hidden. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetText Queries the text of a sheet in a workbook. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetTopLeftView Extracts the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVCenter Returns whether the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreak Returns column with vertical page break at position index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetVerPageBreakCount Returns a number of vertical page breaks in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GetZoom Returns the zoom level of the current view as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GroupCols Groups columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.GroupRows Groups rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Hyperlink Gets the hyperlink and its coordianates by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.HyperlinkSize Returns the number of hyperlinks in the sheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.InsertCol Inserts columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.InsertRow Inserts rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Merge Gets the merged cells by index. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.MergeSize Returns a number of merged cells in this worksheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRange Gets the named range coordinates by index. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.NamedRangeCount Returns the number of named ranges in the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.PictureCount Returns a number of pictures in this worksheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveCol Removes columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComment Removes a comment from a cell. | 6.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveComments Removes comments in given area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveFilter Removes the AutoFilter from the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RemoveRow Removes rows from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.RightToLeft Returns whether the text is displayed in right-to-left mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.RowColToAddr Converts row and column to a cell reference. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetAutoFitArea Sets the borders for autofit column widths feature. | 5.1 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormat Sets cell's format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCellFormats Set cell formats in given area. | 8.0 |
| XL.Sheet.SetCol Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColHidden Hides or shows a column. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetColumn Sets column width and format for all columns from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetDisplayGridlines Sets gridlines for displaying. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetFooter Sets the footer text for the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryBelow Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetGroupSummaryRight Sets a flag of grouping rows summary. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHCenter Sets a flag that the sheet is centered horizontally when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHeader Sets the header text of the sheet when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetHorPageBreak Sets/removes a horizontal page break. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetLandscape Sets landscape or portrait mode for printing. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginBottom Sets the bottom margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginLeft Sets the left margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginRight Sets the right margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMarginTop Sets the top margin of the sheet in inches. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetMerge Sets merged cells for range: rowFirst - rowLast, colFirst - colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetName Sets the name of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetNamedRange Sets the named range. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPaper Sets the paper size. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithScale Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with scale factor and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPictureWithSize Sets a picture with pictureId identifier at position row and col with custom size and offsets in pixels. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintArea Sets the print area. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintFit Fits sheet width and sheet height to wPages and hPages respectively. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintGridliens Sets gridlines for printing. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatCols Sets repeated columns on each page from colFirst to colLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRepeatRows Sets repeated rows on each page from rowFirst to rowLast. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintRow Sets a flag that the row and column headers are printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetPrintZoom Sets the scaling factor for printing as a percentage. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtect Protects/unprotects the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetProtectEx Protects/unprotects the sheet with password and enhanced parameters below. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRightToLeft Sets the right-to-left mode: Pass 1 and the text is displayed in right-to-left mode, Pass 0 and the text is displayed in left-to-right mode. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRow Sets row height and format. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetRowHidden Hides or shows a row. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColor Sets the color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTabColorRGB Sets the RGB color for the sheet's tab. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.SetTopLeftView Sets the first visible row and the leftmost visible column of the sheet. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetVCenter ets a flag that the sheet is centered vertically when printed. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetVerPageBreak Sets/removes a vertical page break. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SetZoom Sets the zoom level of the current view. | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.Split Splits a sheet at position (row, col). | 3.5 |
| XL.Sheet.SplitInfo Gets the split information (position of frozen pane) in the sheet. | 4.3 |
| XL.Sheet.Table Gets the table parameters by index. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.TableSize Returns the number of tables in the sheet. | 7.2 |
| XL.Sheet.Type Returns type of sheet with specified index. | 7.2 |
| XML.ApplyStylesheet Apply the stylesheet to the document. | 8.4 |
| XML.Canonical Creates canonical xml. | 6.2 |
| XML.ClearVariables Clears the variables. | 7.0 |
| XML.Colorize Formats a XML string with color. | 8.2 |
| XML.DeletePath Delete a xml node. | 7.4 |
| XML.ExtractText Extracts the text from the XML tree. | 7.0 |
| XML.Format Formats XML document. | 6.2 |
| XML.GetAttribute Queries text of an attribute. | 7.0 |
| XML.GetPathValue Queries value in XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.HasAttribute Queries whether an attribute exists. | 7.0 |
| XML.Import Imports XML and creates tables, fields and records. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Cancel Cancels current import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.SetBaseFields Sets the names of the base fields per record. | 7.1 |
| XML.Import.SetExtraField Sets the extra field to add to all tables. | 7.1 |
| XML.Import.Status Queries status of xml import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Todo Queries how many items are to be done for XML import. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Total Queries total items to be imported. | 5.3 |
| XML.Import.Work Performs import. | 5.4 |
| XML.ListAttributes Lists attribute names. | 7.0 |
| XML.NodeCount Counts nodes with given name. | 7.0 |
| XML.NodeNames Queries list of node names in an XML. | 7.0 |
| XML.Parse Parses a XML document. | 7.3 |
| XML.Query Performs an XPath query. | 3.0 |
| XML.ReadContainer Reads container content as XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.ReadFile Reads a file as XML. | 7.4 |
| XML.Release Releases an XML object. | 7.3 |
| XML.ReleaseAll Releases all XML objects. | 7.3 |
| XML.SetPathValue Sets an xml node. | 7.4 |
| XML.SetPathXML Sets path value with XML sub tree. | 8.1 |
| XML.SetVariables Creates local variables in script for XML nodes. | 7.0 |
| XML.SubTree Extracts a given subtree. | 7.0 |
| XML.ToJSON Converts XML to JSON. | 8.2 |
| XML.Validate Validates XML against schema. | 8.1 |
| XML.ValidateFile Validates XML against schema. | 8.2 |
| ZipFile.CRCFile Calculates CRC of a file. | 4.3 |
| ZipFile.Close Closes the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.CompressFiles Compresses a few files into a zip archive. | 6.0 |
| ZipFile.CreateFile Creates a new file in the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.Open Creates a new zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.SetCompressionLevel Sets the compression level. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.UsePassword Sets the password to use for compressing. | 5.1 |
| ZipFile.WriteContainer Writes a file to the zip archive with content from a container. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteFile Reads a file and writes it to the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteHex Writes data into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
| ZipFile.WriteText Writes a text into the zip archive. | 3.4 |
4973 functions.
Feedback: Report problem or ask question.
Links
MBS Xojo Chart Plugins
